Home

Analogic DBS2050A Manual

1. Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init delay ANTINT16 Specifies the desired delay Valid range 0 to 255 lt OUTPUT gt mode int Specifies action if the Sequencer is currently running when function is called 0 Do not set Return error 1 Stop the Sequencer if running set the delay then resume the Sequencer lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values 5 58 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Set Clock Divider DBS2050A User Manual an2050_GSetClockDiv This function sets the divider of a clock for an instrument identified by the session handle That is if the currently selected clock is external this is equivalent to an2050_GsetExtClockDiv and if the currently selected clock is internal this is equivalent to an2050_GsetIntClockDiv Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetClockDiv ViSession vi ANTUINT32 div an2050_GSetClockDiv Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A div ANTUINT32 Specifies
2. seqNew an2050_SCopySeq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A seqID ANTID Specifies the ID of the sequence to be copied Invalid ID causes error return and the command is ignored lt OUTPUT gt seqNew ANTID seqNew is the ID of the new copy of seq D lt RETURN gt VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seqlD is invalid DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 79 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Copy Sequence for DBS2055 2050AdualSync an2050_SCopySeq 2055N2050sync This function copies the sequence seqID master and slave to form a new sequence and outputs the ID of the new sequence in seqNew master and slave This function does not load the new sequence Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_ScopySeq_2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTID seqIDmaster ANTID seqIDslave ANTID seqNewMaster ANTID seqNewSlave an2050_ScopySeq_2055N2050sync Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master unit This was obtained by calling SetInstru
3. Run Time Parameters Run Time Parameters allow waveform gain and offset changes on the fly Each waveform segment has parameters for gain and offset settings of each channel In the VXIplug amp play Driver a user specifies Run Time Parameter sets then associates one set of parameters with each Segment This way a set of gain settings can easily be used on multiple segments When a Sequence is run the Run Time Parameters associated with each Segment in that Sequence are used to control the gain and offset When a Sequence is run in Single Channel Mode Run Time Parameters for Channel 2 are ignored DBS2050A Functional Description 3 13 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Segments The following information is contained in each set of Run Time Parameters Channel 1 Gain Specify the gain for Channel 1 Valid range 0 to 60dB Channel 1 Offset Specify the offset for Channel 1 Valid range 3 5V to 3 5V Channel 2 Gain Specify the gain for Channel 2 Valid range 0 to 60dB Channel 2 Offset Specify the offset for Channel 2 Valid range 3 5V to 3 5V Run Time Parameters are stored with a waveform segment When running a Sequence Run Time Parameter gain and offset values may be overridden by using Gain and Offset Direct Mode When Gain and Offset Direct Mode is ON direct Gain and Offset values
4. ANTDOUBLE freq an2050_GGetClockFreq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init parm int Specifies the Internal or External Clock 0 Internal 1 External lt OUTPUT gt freq ANTDOUBLE freq is the actual frequency of the specified clock lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 51 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Get Clock Divider an2050_GGetClockDiv This function returns the clock divider used when calculating the actual sample clock frequency Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GGetClockDiv ViSession vi int parm ANTUINT32 div an2050_GGetClockDiv Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init parm int Specifies the Internal or External Clock 0 Internal 1 External lt OUTPUT gt div ANTUINT32 div is the actual divider used with the specified clock lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid v
5. data an2050_CCreateStdWaveT Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A nPts float Specifies the number of points per cycle desired amp float Specifies the amplitude of the waveform Must be between 0 and 1 full scale phase float Specifies phase angle of the 1st data point in radians Has no effect if waveType specified is WAVCWAVENOISE waveType short Specifies the type of waveform to generate Valid values are WAVCWAVESINE for sine wave WAVCWAVESQUARE for square wave WAVCWAVETRIANGLE for triangle wave WAVCWAVENOISE for noise All other values cause WAVEINVPARM error return tPts ANTUINT32 The total number of points generated This will meet the hardware requirement For 2050 tPts is at least 512 and is a multiple of 32 lt OUTPUT gt data ANTINT8 data is the pointer to the waveform data generated Caller needs to free data when no longer needed lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 29 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Create amp Load Std Wave an2050_ CCrNLoadStdWave This function is similar to an2050_CCreateStdWave except it loads the generated standard waveform data into the Waveform Memory for single channel use a
6. However it is possible to specify a waveID previously defined for single channel mode use The function will issue a warning indicating that the waveform data is not for dual channel mode Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SDefineDualChn1Segl ViSession vi ANTID wavelID ANTID parmID ANTINT16 loopMode ANTID segID an2050_SDefineDualChnlSegl Interpretation is as follows Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A wavelD ANTID Specifies the ID of the dual channel mode waveform parmID ANTID Specifies the ID of the run parameters to be used for the dual channel segment being defined loopMode ANTINT16 Specifies the loop mode and loop count of the segment when running 49152 sets both bits below bit 15 Repeating Loop enable If this bit is set the loop count bits 0 11 is ignored The segment repeats until Advance to next segment trigger occurs If this bit is clear and bit 14 is clear the segment repeats the number of times specified in loop count If this bit is clear and bit 14 is set the segment repeats until the advance trigger occurs or the end of loop count is reached whichever happens first bit 14 Advance Trigger enable If this bit is clear advance trigger is ignored If this bit is set see above OR any integer number loop cou
7. DBS2050A User Manual Translate Error Code to Message an2050_errorMessage This function accepts an error code as input and returns the error message corresponding to the error code Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_errorMessage ViSession vi ViStatus errorCode ViPString errorMessage an2050_errorMessage Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init errorCode ViStatus Specifies the error code to be translated lt OUTPUT gt errorMessage ViPString This output buffer contains the error message corresponding to the input error code If the input error code cannot be matched against any known values then this parameter contains the value Unknown Error Code Oxnnnnnnnn where nnnnnnnn is the error code in hexadecimal The size of errorMessage must be at least 512 bytes wide lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VILWARN_UNKNOWN_STATUS errorCode is not known by the driver 5 142 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Get Digital Board Revision amp Serial Number an2050_CGetDigiBdRevNSN This function outputs the Digital Board Revision number in
8. lt OUTPUT gt rev ViChar VI EAR The Calibration Procedure Revision number is output in rev as an ASCII string rev must be at least 16 bytes DNI ViChar _VI_FAR The Calibration Procedure Document number is output in DN as an ASCII string DN must be at least 16 bytes lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_NSUP_OPER Unsupported operation If the hardware revision is smaller than 2 hence no calibration revision or document number is recorded in EEPROM 5 146 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Get Digital Output Calibration Revision Ss DBS2050A User Manual an2050_ CGetRevisionNumbers This function outputs e Digital Board Revision number in digiRev e Output Board Revision number in outRev e Calibration Procedure Revision number in calibRev Each of these buffers must be at least 16 bytes large Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CGetRevisionNumbers ViSession vi ViChar _VI FAR digiRev ViChar VI FAR outRev ViChar VI FAR calibRev an2050_CGetRevisionNumbers Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT
9. Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A nPts ANTUINT32 Specifies the number of points per cycle desired maxPts ANTUINT32 Specifies the maximum number of points desired The actual maximum number of points used in evaluation is the smaller of maxPts and the size of the DBS2050A waveform data memory Use 0 if the default size of the AN2050 waveform data memory is to be used Invalid values cause the use of default value WAVMaxPts amp float Specifies the amplitude of the waveform Must be between 0 and 1 full scale phase float Specifies the phase angle of the first data point in radians This has no effect if the waveType specified is WAVCTYPENOISE waveType short Specifies the type of waveform to generate Valid values are WAVCWAVESINE for sine wave WAVCWAVESQUARE for square wave 5 32 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual WAVCWAVETRIANGLE for triangle wave WAVCWAVENOISE for noise All other values cause WAVEINVPARM error return mode short Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform lt OUTPUT gt tPts ANTUINT32 The t
10. 1 2GHz Measurement BW 5MHz to 605MHz Clock freq 1 2GHz lt 40dB Output 1Vp p Signal 600MHz Square Output Impedance 500 2 At DC Output Protection Output will withstand short circuit to ground indefinitely Trigger Title Specification O nos CTragersowcs rager A Trager B VX Troger ECL Oana ELI OO SSSCSC e E A Tigger Threshold Accuracy Lama le rT E Trigger input impedance 4k 5 Po Triggering modes Free run trig start trig stop trig start stop gated Po Trigger to output delay Single Channel Mode 28nsec 14nsec 35 Fs Trigger delay uncertainty Dual Channel Mode 28nsec 14nsec 17 Fs Fs Sample Rate Trigger delay uncertainty Trigger delay uncertainty 840pS fs 2 4GHz Worst case any clock 1 7mS 4 DBS2050A Appendix A 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Trigger delay Adjustment gt 2nsec nominal range With External Clock only and 1LSB 10 5ps typ not using Clock Synch mode Trigger delay adjust allows elimination of Input Trigger to Clock delay synchronous trigger delay uncertainty must be held constant Trigger Hold off 1usec N 32 Fs N gt 512 N Number samples Fs Sample Rate Branch Trigger delay 1 66usec 256 Fs Branch Trigger uncertainty Fs Sample Rate Branch Trigger delay uncertainty 134nsec 32 Fs typ Fs Sample Rate Waveform Segment Sequenc
11. This parameter is ignored if m2Master is not 2 m3ArrayMaster char This parameter is used only if m3Master is 2 When used each element specifies whether Marker 3 of the corresponding segment i e m3ArrayMaster 0 specifies the first segment m3ArrayMaster 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 will cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqIDMaster this may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeaqInfo This parameter is ignored if m3Master is not 2 m1Slave int Marker enable for markers on the Slave unit 0 Turn Marker 1 OFF for all segments 1 Turn Marker 1 ON for all segments 2 Turn Marker 1 ON or OFF according to m1ArraySlave All others cause AN2050_SEINVPARM to return m2Slave int Marker enable for markers on the Slave unit 0 Turn Marker 2 OFF for all segments 1 Turn Marker 2 ON for all segments 2 Turn Marker 2 ON or OFF according to m2ArraySlave All others cause AN2050_SEINVPARM to return m3Slave int Marker enable for markers on the Slave unit 0 Turn Marker 2 OFF for all segments 1 Turn Marker 2 ON for all segments 2 Turn Marker 2 ON or OFF according to m3ArraySlave All others cause AN2050_SEINVPARM to return m1ArraySlave int This parameter is used only if m1Sl
12. frequency response correction file This file contains frequency response correction data generated at the factory for this specific 8 DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 DBS2050A User Manual DBS2050A and is shipped with the instrument if the option is purchased Note The frequency response correction file contains the data for both single and differential output configurations Hence the output configuration in the signal path panel must be set correctly iere C DBS20504_2055 Pre comp Data DI Look in 3 Pre comp Data e Si c 2050 TDS820 Ser Num A143282 txt File name En Files of type BS D Cancel Select the frequency response correction file for this particular DBS2050A and click OK The wave is then pre compensated Once the wave is pre compensated it is displayed with the desired waveform on the Precompensation panel If the amplitude is out of range less than 127 DAC counts or greater than 127 DAC counts the out of range indicator displays at the bottom of the panel The data must be clipped or scaled Select Clip or Scale on the panel if the Amplitude is Out of Range otherwise proceed to Step 4 If clipped all data outside 127 will become 127 If scaled the of full scale indicator is calculated by max min 254
13. m1 is 2 otherwise it is ignored When used each element specifies whether marker 1 of the corresponding segment e m1Array 0 specifies the first segment m1Array 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqID may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeqInfo m2Array char This parameter is used only if m2 is 2 otherwise it is ignored When used each element specifies whether marker 2 of the corresponding segment e m2Array 0 specifies the first segment m2Array 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqID may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeqInfo DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 73 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual m3Array char This parameter is used only if m3 is 2 otherwise it is ignored When used each element specifies whether marker 2 of the corresponding segment e
14. only the Logical Addresses and Slot s of the first nDevs is output in laArray and slotArray The caller should keep the original input value of nDevs for comparison when this function returns lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_LSUCCESS if successfully found the desired instruments Otherwise error code that may be passed into an2050_errorMessage for the description of the error DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 13 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Scan VXI Chassis for 2050 s an2050_scanChassis This function scans the chassis for all VXI Instruments VXIFlag amp Oxf 1 Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_scanChassis Vilntl6 _VI FAR IaArray Vilntl6 _VI FAR slotArray Vilntl6 nDevs Vilntl6 VXIFlag an2050_scanChassis Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt nDevs ViPInt16 passed by reference As input nDevs specifies the maximum number of instruments expected Normally this is also the array size of laArray and slotArray If the total number of instruments found is greater than nDevs only the Logical Addresses and Slot s of the first nDevs is output in laArray and slotArray and the nDevs is updated to reflect the total number
15. A rtisan Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality Fra op new and certified used pre owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND SERVICE CENTER REPAIRS WE BUY USED EQUIPMENT DELIVERY Experienced engineers and technicians on staff Sell your excess underutilized and idle used equipment TENS OF THOUSANDS OF at our full service in house repair center We also offer credit for buy backs and trade ins IN STOCK ITEMS www artisantg com WeBuyEquipment 7 EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF InstraV ea REMOTE INSPECTION LOOKING FOR MORE INFORMATION MANUFACTURERS Remotely inspect equipment before purchasing with Visit us on the web at www artisantg com 7 for more our interactive website at www instraview com information on price quotations drivers technical LEASING MONTHLY specifications manuals and documentation RENTALS ITAR CERTIFIED EE Contact us 888 88 SOURCE sales artisantg com www artisantg com DBS205 ARBITRARY WAVEFORM GENERATOR USER MANUAL ANALOGICE The World urce for Precision Signal Technology DBS2050A 2 4 GS s Universal High Speed Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Revision 03 Copyright Analogic Corporation 2002 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Proprietary Statement The information contained in this publication is derived in part from proprietary and patent data of th
16. AN2050_SEINVPARM to return m2Master int Marker enable for markers on the Master unit 0 Turn Marker 2 OFF for all segments 1 Turn Marker 2 ON for all segments 2 Turn Marker 2 ON or OFF according to m2ArrayMaster All others cause AN2050_SEINVPARM to return m1ArrayMaster char This parameter is used only if m1Master is 2 When used each element specifies whether Marker 1 of the corresponding segment i e m1ArrayMaster 0 specifies the first segment m1ArrayMaster 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 will cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 97 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seq lDMaster this may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeaqInfo This parameter is ignored if m1Master is not 2 m2ArrayMaster char This parameter is used only if m2Master is 2 When used each element specifies whether Marker 2 of the corresponding segment i e m2ArrayMaster 0 specifies the first segment m2ArrayMaster 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 will cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM
17. Introduction Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation Stimulus Measurement Test Instrument t VXI Bench Test Set VXI Bench Software Utilities Plug and Play Drivers Soft Front Panel v Platform Test Set Hardware Firmware Platform Platform Software Utilities DP70xx Drivers VXI Hardware Wavesmith Wavesmith Plus NARB Figure 1A Top Level VXI Bench and Platform Family Trees Introduction Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 3 Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation d From Fig 1A Carrier l DBS9900 e Module DBS20xx DBS9905 DBS2050 DBS2055 Y Module DBS901 DBS902 DBS903 DBS904 DBS905 DBS90 6 DBS90 7 DBS90 8 DBS909 DBS91 0 DBS91 1 DBS912 DBS913 DBS914 Figure 1B Carrier and Instrument Modules
18. Single ended X1 lt 50ns to within 2 of step size Single ended X4 lt 50nS to within 2 2 of step size 175nS 15 2MHz 17 5nS 15 20MHz 1 75nS 15 200MHz Single ended differential X1 gt 700MHz up to 1Vp p Single ended X4 gt 165MHz up to 2Vp p Single ended differential X1 0 5dB DC to 30MHz 1 5dB 30MHz to 100MHz 2dB 100MHz to 300MHz 2 3dB 300MHz to 700MHz Single ended X1 0 5dB DC to 30MHz 1 5dB 30MHz to 300MHz 2 3dB 300MHz to 500MHz Single ended X4 0 5dB DC to 30MHz 2 B 30MHz to 100MHz 2 3dB 100MHz to 165MHz Single ended X1 gt 45dBc lt 10MHz gt 30dBc lt 200KHz DC Offset gt 2V gt 40dBc 10MHz to 50MHz gt 30dBc 50MHz to 200MHz gt 25dBc 200MHz to 400MHz DBS2050A User Manual Full scale step 3 pole Bessel BW 0 35 Rise time Corrected for Sin x x roll off Output 1Vp p sine for DC to 300MHz Output 5Vp p sine for 300MHz to 700MHz Clock 2 4GHz Corrected for Sin x x roll off Output 1Vp p sine for DC to 300MHz Output 5Vp p sine for 300MHz to 500MHz Clock 1 2GHz Corrected for Sin x x roll off Output 4Vp p sine for DC to 100MHz Output 2Vp p sine for 100MHz to 165MHz Clock freq 1 2GHz Corrected for Sin x x roll off Output 1Vp p sine Measurement BW 1MHz to 1 19GHz Clock freq 2 4GHz Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg
19. if successful VILERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values 5 14 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Find VXI Instruments DBS2050A User Manual an2050_findvVxIInstrs This function scans both GPIB VXI and VXI MXI interfaces for all VXI instruments present in the chassis Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_findvXIInstrs ViPInt16 IaArray ViPIntl6 slotArray ViPInt16 nDevs Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt nDevs ViPInt16 passed by reference As input nDevs specifies the maximum number of instruments expected Normally this is also the array size of laArray and slotArray If the total number of instruments found is greater than nDevs only the Logical Addresses and Slot Ze of the first nDevs is output in laArray and slotArray and the nDevs is updated to reflect the total number of instruments found Thus the caller should keep the original input value of nDevs for comparison when this function returns lt OUTPUT gt laArray ViPInt16 Contains the Logical Addresses of all the desired instruments found The total number of instruments found output in this array is nDevs The array size of laArray must be at least the input valu
20. rev and the Serial number in SN rev and SN must each be at least 16 bytes Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CGetDigiBdRevNSN ViSession vi ViChar _VL FAR rell ViChar _ VI FAR SN an2050_CGetDigiBdRevNSN Parameters Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt rev ViChar VI EAR The Digital Board Revision number is output in rev as an ASCII string rev must be at least 16 bytes SN ViChar _VI_FAR The Digital Board Serial number is output in SN as an ASCII string SN must be at least 16 bytes lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_NSUP_OPER Unsupported operation If the hardware revision is smaller than 2 hence no digital board revision or digital board serial number is recorded in EEPROM DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 143 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Get Output Board Revision amp Serial Number an2050_CGetOutputBdRevNSN This function outputs the Output Board Revision number in rev and the Serial number in SN rev and SN must each be at least 16 bytes Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CGetOutputB
21. 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set External Source Clock Frequency an2050_ GSetExtSrcClockFreq This function specifies the external source clock frequency of the external clock This changes an2050_GExtSrcFreq and causes an2050_GExtClockFreq to be re calculated based on freq and an2050_GExtDiv The divider an2050_GextDiv will remain the same This approach is based on the assumption that when a user changes the external source clock frequency the intention is to change the sampling frequency associated with the external source clock This function must be called to set the external source clock to the correct frequency Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetExtSrcClockFreq ViSession vi ANTDOUBLE freq an2050_GSetExtSrcClockFreq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A freq ANTDOUBLE Specifies the external source clock frequency in MHz lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 55 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Reference Clock Functions Select Reference Clock an2050_GSelRefClock This function selects the internal 10MHz reference clock or an externa
22. Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation 2 Platforms There are two platform models DP7020 2 and DP7040 2 Each platform incorporates an embedded controller power supply On Off power switch fan and front panel status display LEDs See Figure 1 Analogic Model Controller Host Interface Instrument Slots Power Rating DP7020 2 Embedded 2 300 Watts DP7040 2 Embedded 4 kd 600 Watts Figure 2 Platforms DP7020 2 and DP7040 2 1394 Fire Wire GPIB and 100 BT Ethernet are included Platforms 2 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Carrier Performance Interfacing Clocking and Triggering Carriers Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation 3 Carriers There are two Carriers currently available in the Analogic product line Models DBS9900 and DBS9905 The DBS9900 is intended for use in wave generating and digitizing systems requiring applications up to 500 MS s The DBS9905 is intended for use in systems requiring applications above 500 MS s Both Analogic Carriers are VXI C size compliant for multiple Instrument Modules They accept one or two modules from the DBS 9xx family of high speed high precision waveform generators and digitizers Each m
23. Chassis S Chassis Note Platinum Controller Computer PCC is embedded and does not take up a slot in the chassis Soft Front Panel Soft Front Panel SFP SFP Instrument Driver Instrument Driver Host PC ID Host PC ID Visa Platinum Instrumentation Communication Software Layer PCL Architecture y Platinum Chassis Sioro Chassis Controller Controller Card Computer DBS2050A DBS2050A Hardware Hardware Figure 9 Communication Protocols 4 2 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Unless an Analogic chassis is being used the Communication Layer switch on the SFP Initialization Panel should be set to VISA Launching the Soft Front Panel Application Selecting an Instrument DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Note If an NI Slot 0 controller is in use RESMAN must be run prior to launching the SFP If an Analogic chassis with the Platinum controller computer is in use it is not necessary to run RESMAN To open the SFP for use select Start Programs Vxipnp DBS2050A 2055 The DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel will open and the Initialization Panel is displayed The Initialization panel is shown below e Select Communication layer either Visa or Platinum e If Platinum is selected enter the TCP IP Ethernet address of the chassis e Click Find Instruments
24. Segment Memory This happens automatically when needed thus relieving the user from having to manage the Waveform Memory and Segment Memory Waveform Segment and Sequence The DBS2050A supports the defining and execution of a Sequence A Sequence allows the user to setup a series of waveforms to be run each with its own specific run parameters e g gain factor offset number of loops start and stop conditions etc Waveform data with a set of Run Time Parameters form a segment the same waveform with different Run Time Parameters are considered different segments thus a waveform may be referenced by several segments and unloading of a waveform causes all the segments that reference that waveform to become invalid Likewise the sequences that use that waveform also become invalid A sequence may have up to 4096 segments The segment data of the waveform to be output must be present in the Segment Memory in order for the Sequencer to output the waveform The Segment Memory can hold up to 4096 records of segment data Therefore the total number of anticipated output segments can not exceed 4096 this includes the segments defined in the normal sequence and the segments defined in all possible branches There is no restriction on the total number of defined sequences or segments limited only by the DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan
25. User Calibration is provided for this purpose Factory Calibration defines the register settings required for various timing delays and DC accuracy These settings are stored in a Calibration Table in EEPROM During operation the DBS2050A uses these values from EEPROM to ensure accurate operation of the module The DBS2050A must be returned to the factory once a year for recalibration User Calibration may be invoked to improve DC accuracy It is recommended that you run User Calibration when the temperature deviates more than 5 degrees Celsius from the temperature at which factory calibration was performed or the temperature of last user calibration The temperature of the module during factory calibration is printed in the Calibration Report User Calibration may be invoked from the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel or from the driver Refer to the User Calibration section in Chapter 3 for detailed information about when and how to perform User Calibration DBS2050A Preparation and Installation 2 9 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual 3 Functional Description This chapter provides a detailed description of the DBS2050A It covers the full range of features and functions available to system integrators It contains
26. ViStatus an2050_ CCalcTPtsI ViSession vi ANTUINT32 tPts float nPts ANTUINT32 minPts ANTUINT32 maxPts an2050_CCalcTPtsI Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A nPts ANTINT32 Specifies the number of points per cycle desired minPts ANTINT32 Specifies the minimum total number of points desired The actual minimum number of points used in evaluation is the greater of minPts and WAVMinPts Use 0 if WAVMinPts is to be used Invalid values cause the use of the default value WAVMinPts maxPts ANTINT32 Specifies the maximum number of points desired The actual maximum number of points used in evaluation is the smaller of minPts and WAVMaxPts Use 0 if WAVMaxPts is to be used Invalid values cause the use of the default value WAVMaxPts lt OUTPUT gt tPts ANTINT32 The total number of points that either satisfies the criteria or is the one that has the least deviation from 0 tPts is always an integer multiple of WAVMod lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK 5 48 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Clock Commands DBS2050A User Manual These functions control internal external and reference clocks and low l
27. an2050_SDefineDualChnlSeg Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A wavelD1 ANTID Specifies the two waveforms to be combined to form the waveform data for dual channel mode When running wavelD1 data is output to Channel 1 wavelD2 and wavelD2 data is output to Channel 2 parmID ANTID Specifies the run parameters to be used loopMode ANTINT16 Specifies the loop mode and loop count of the segment when running Interpretation is as follows 49152 sets both bits If this bit is set the loop count bits 0 11 is below ignored The segment repeats until Advance to bit 15 Repeating next segment trigger occurs Loop enable If this bit is clear and bit 14 is clear the segment repeats the number of times specified in loop count If this bit is clear and bit 14 is set the segment repeats until the advance trigger occurs or the end of loop count is reached whichever happens first bit 14 Advance If this bit is clear advance trigger is ignored Trigger enable If this bit is set see above OR any integer number Number of loops to be repeated for the loop count segment bitO bit1 1 Only valid if bit 15 is clear otherwise ignored To avoid a trapping condition make sure that if bit 15 is set that bit 14 is not set to Ignore Advance Trigger Otherwise the segm
28. and WAVMinPts Use 0 if WAVMinPts is to be used Invalid values cause the use of the default value WAVMinPts maxPts ANTINT32 Specifies the maximum number of points desired The actual minimum number of points used in evaluation is the smaller of minPts and WAVMaxPts Use 0 if WAVMaxPts is to be used Invalid values cause the use of the default value WAVMaxPts lt OUTPUT gt tPts ANTINT32 The total number of points that either satisfies the criteria or is the one that has the least deviation from 0 tPts is always an integer multiple of WAVMod lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 47 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Calculate Total Points I an2050_CCalcTPtsI Given the number of points per cycle desired nPts this function calculates the minimum number of points needed tPts based on WAVMaxPts WAVMinPts WAVMod of the waveform generation context specified by the cntxtID that is associated with vi and minPts so that tPts is a multiple of nPts If within maxPts no total number of points can be found to satisfy these criteria the total number of points that give the least deviation from complete cycles of nPts per cycle is output
29. behaves in the same way as it does in independent marker mode If m1Pos and m2Pos are set to the same value in the combined mode marker2 will not be activated m1Pos ANTINT32 Specifies where in the segment marker1 should appear For any segment with marker1 turned on marker1 pulse will appear at 32 times m1Pos clock periods into the segment Valid range is 0 to 65535 Use 1 if the old value is to be retained m2Pos ANTINT32 Specifies where in the segment marker2 should appear For any segment with marker1 turned on marker2 pulse will appear at 32 times m2Pos clock periods into the segment Valid range is 0 to 65535 Use 1 if the old value is to be retained lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_GEINVPARNM if invalid parameter Other errors may appear 5 132 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Informational DBS2050A User Manual These functions return informational messages to the user The following functions are included H D D D DD D D Dm Dm D D D D D 2050 SSegsAvail 2050 SWaveMemAvail 2050 SGetSeqI E n O 2050 SGetSeqSegs 2050 SGetLoadedSeqs 2050 SGetLoadedWaves 2050 SGetN 2050 SGetN 2050 SGetState 2050 error 2050 CG
30. de chenaux de tuyaux ou de conduits contenant des c bles d alimentation Ils ne doivent pas non plus tre positionn s proximit de moteurs lectriques de machines souder ou d autres quipements capables de g n rer des quantit s significatives d interf rence lectromagn tique EMI Ne pas se conformer ces r gles pourrait avoir pour effet de d r gler le fonctionnement du syst me VORSICHT Signal und Kommunikationskabel sollten weder zusammen mit Leistungskabeln in Wannen Leitungsbahnen Rohren oder Kan len verlegt werden noch in der N he von Elektromotoren SchweiBmaschinen oder anderen Ger ten die betr chtliche elektromagnetische Beeinflussung EMB erzeugen Nichtbeachtung kann zu Fehlfunktion f hren DBS2050A User Manual y 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual CAUTION Do not install substitute parts or perform any unauthorized modifications to this unit Return the unit to Analogic for service and repair to ensure that the safety features are maintained PRECAUTIONS NE PAS SUBSTITUER LES PIECES OU MODIFIER L UNITE Ne pas installer de pi ces de substitution ni effectuer des modifications non autoris es sur l unit Renvoyer l unit a Analogic pour l entretien et les r parations de mani re a assurer que les dispositifs de s curit soient maintenus VORSICHT NUR O
31. float nPts ANTUINT32 maxPts float amp float phase short waveType ANTUINT32 tPts ANTID waveID short mode an2050_CCrNLoadStdWave Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A npts float Specifies the number of points per cycle desired The actual number of points per cycle generated may be slightly different due to the 2050 s restriction of a minimum of 512 points and modulus of 32 The current configuration of standard waveform data generator has the tolerance set at 0 0003 thus the maximum deviation from this function will not be greater than this tolerance maxPts ANTUINT32 Specifies the maximum number of points desired The actual maximum number of points used in evaluation is the smaller of maxPts and the size of the DBS2050A waveform data memory Use 0 if the default 2050 waveform data memory is to be used Invalid values default value WAVMaxPts amp float Specifies the amplitude of the waveform Must be between 0 and 1 full scale phase float Specifies the phase angle of the first data point in radians This has no effect if the waveType specified is WAVCWAVENOISE 5 30 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www
32. m2ArraySlave 0 specifies the first segment m2ArraySlave 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 will cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqIDSlave this may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeq Info This parameter is ignored if m2Slave is not 2 modeMaster int This parameter dictates function behavior if the sequencer is already running Bits 0 to 3 Specifies action if Run Sequencer is currently enabled Do not set return with AWSESQNCRRUNNING to indicate that the sequencer is running Stop the sequencer and set the sequence Bits 4 to 7 Specifies action if the sequence is loaded already Use the loaded sequence and ignore the marker definition specified above Use the loaded sequence but use the marker definition as specified above Keep the loaded sequence make a copy of it and load the new sequence with the new marker definition If this is specified and seqlDmaster is already loaded the ID of the new sequence copy will be output in seqNewMaster modeSlave int This parameter dictates function behavior if the sequencer is already running Bits 0 to 3 Specifies action if Run Sequencer is currently enabled Do not set return with AWSESQNCRRUNNING to indicate that the sequencer is runn
33. www artisantg com Trigger Main Set Trigger Mode DBS2050A User Manual These functions control the main advance and branch triggers The following functions are included a a a a a a a a a a 2050 CSetRunTrigMode 2050 CSetTrigLevel 2050 GSetAdvanceTrigMode 2050 GTrigger 2050 SSetBranchVectorMN 2050 SSetBranchVector 2050 SSetBranchVectorM 2050 GI BranchVectorSrc 2050 GSetBranchTrigMode 2050 GTrigger an2050_ CSetRunTrigMode This function sets the trigger mode Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CSetRunTrigMode ViSession vi int source int polar ANTINT 16 trig int mode an2050_CSetRunTrigMode Parameters Variable Type lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A source int Specifies the source of trigger signal 0 Trigger A input 1 Trigger B input 2 VXI Source ECL 0 3 VXI Source ECL 1 polar int Specifies the polarity 0 Trigger on negative slope 1 Trigger on positive slope trig ANTINT16 Specifies the trigger modes 0 Free Run Mode The output waveform will start as soon as the trigger circuit is armed by the Sequencer and will continue until stopped by the Sequencer or by the CPU with CPU_DISARM 1 1 Triggered Start Mode 2 Triggered Stop Mode 3 Gated by Trigger Mode 4 Triggered Start Stop Mode mode int Specifies action if the Sequencer is currently running when function is called 0 Do not set
34. 1 EES applies loop only occurs Repeat Enable ON epeal naire Marker Enable All three markers Segment loops ignored appear each time the continuously segment begins 3 23 DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual 4 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel Overview This chapter describes the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel SFP an application designed to familiarize the user with the functionality of the DBS2050A 2055 module The SFP implements some of the most common driver functions through simple easy to use panels With the SFP users can quickly create and generate standard and arbitrary waveform sequences This chapter covers Initializing the DBS2050A Instruments Panel Signal Path Controls Panel Waveforms Panel Segments Panel Sequence Panel The SFP can be used with the DBS2050A instrument as well as with a DBS2055 a 4 8GS s arbitrary waveform generator This section describes the use of the SFP with a DBS2050A For SFP operation with a DBS2055 refer to the DBS2055 User Manual For convenience the SFP has some unique features layered upon the driver functions including Autoscaling Naming of waveforms segments and sequences Importing of ASCII waveform file
35. 32 samples 16 in Dual Channel Mode The width will increase by 32 samples 16 in Dual Channel Mode for every count in this register up to a maximum of 4096 x 32 131 072 when in Single Channel Mode 16 x 4096 clocks in Dual Channel Mode DBS2050A Functional Description 3 21 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Marker Parameter Value Marker Enable 1 Marker Enable 2 Marker Enable 3 Markers are enabled at run time when a Sequence is started When a Sequence is run each marker can be turned ON for All Segments OFF for All Segments or ON or OFF on a Segment by Segment basis for each Segment in the Sequence being run If the Segment is set to loop continuously Marker Enable is ignored and all three markers will appear at the beginning of the segment each time the segment loops Marker Enable Specifies whether Marker 1 2 and 3 are turned ON or OFF for segments in the Sequence or whether they are ON for specified segments and OFF for specified segments when branched to See function an2050 SSetBranchVectorMN for more information Marker Example In the example shown below when the Sequence is run Marker 1 is set ON Marker 2 is set ON and Marker 3 is set OFF for all segments The behavior o
36. 5 1 WAVESMITH PLUS 5 1 EISCHEN E AEE A EEEIEE A AAEE E EAE ATE 5 1 PRC COMPENSATION rttr ts enst tte nr ESSE rE Eee ESENE EEEE ES EPSE EEEE EP ESSEN ESASEN SENEE ESEP SE EEren neneeese nnen 5 2 SOFT FRONT PANEL ccccccccccecsessesececececeesssueceeececsecsuaseecececceseaseaeeececeeseuaaseceeeceesessaaesecececeeeaueseeececsesaaeeeeeeeceseeeeeaaes 5 2 6 CONFIGURATIONS FOR TYPICAL APPLICATIONS ccccccscssssssssscccssssssscccessssescesscccesssssscesecssesssees 6 1 GENE RA EE EE 6 1 AMIN EE EE 6 2 iii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation Illustrations Figure 1A Top Level VXI Bench and Platform Family Trees 0 0 0 0 cccescssecesseeceseeeeeseeseeseceeeecnaeeeceaeeaeseeeaeeaeeneees Figure 1B Carrier and Instrument Modules Continuation of Family Trees eesscssseseceeeeeeneeeeceaeeeeeseeaeeeeeneees Figure 2 Platforms DP7020 2 and DPI Figure 3 Carrier Assembly for Two Instrument Module Figure 4 Carrier with Modules DBS901 and DBS902 0 00 eeceeescsseeeceseeeeesecseeseeneesuecseesecnevseenaeeeceaecaeesesaeeareneees Figure 5 Family Tree for Test System Application 0 ccecesesscesesseseeeceeecseeerceaeeeeaecaeeaecaeseecnaeerceaeeaeseesaeeateneees Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General W I Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentati
37. 81 DBS2050A User Manual xi 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Define Segment ke ANZ050 SDefine g seisccsiscesasissseesivesvesieveonssssiese 5 81 Define Segment for DBS2055 2050A Dual Sync an2050_ SDefineSeg 2055N2050syn 5 83 Define Sequence reccssccsscceeccesccesccescessceeecaeecnees ANZ050 SDE LINSSESG geheegt wibsresecsseesbidisstinestscay 5 85 Define Sequence for DBS2055 2050A Dual Sync an2050_ SDefineSeq 2055N2050syn 5 86 Define Sequence from Partial Segience an2050 Gietineieogb 5 87 Define Sequence from Partial Sequence DBS2055 an2050_ SDefineSeqP_ 2055N2050sync 5 88 Dual e eresien EE A E E OL as nis eases vas E OE ai E E E Ei 5 89 Define Dual Channel Segment an2050 GietineiualcChnl eg 5 89 Define Dual Channel Sequence sss an2050 GietineiualcChnl eg 5 91 Define Dual Chnl Seg by Duplicating Wave an2050_ GietineiualcChnl eoafnm 5 92 Define Dual Chul Seg from Seg ossos an2050_ SDefineDualChnlSegFromSeg 5 94 Define Dual Channel Segment osooso an2050_ SDefineDualChnl Seg luce 5 95 DBS2055 and DBS2050A Dual Synchronous Segment and Sequence Definition nsss 5 97 Set and Start Sequence iicccccssssccccsssscccessssceeeneees an2050 SSetSeqM Z0DDNZ0D awene 5 97 Set and Start Sequence c ccssccssecseecseecseeeseeeuceees an2050 SSetSeqMN 2055N2Z050SYNC wee 5 100 Run Time Pora
38. 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Hanning Window Normalize DC Time Domain Convolution Pad to Loop Transform DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 DBS2050A User Manual SINC interpolation is used to ensure a flat frequency response of the interpolation A Hanning window is applied to the re sampled impulse response This reduces rippling in the frequency domain that would occur if the impulse response were abruptly truncated All the elements are summed and each element divided by this sum This normalizes the eventual output level after the upcoming convolution i e after convolution the DC output is equal to the DC input of the Desired Waveform The resulting impulse response is convolved with the Desired Waveform The output is now longer than the Desired Waveform thus Output length Desired Waveform length 2 Pad size Where Pad size INT Width of re sampled impulse response 2 Pad size number of samples array elements are added prior to time zero of the Desired Waveform and also to the end If the LoopOrPad input is 1 the Pad values are wrapped and added into the array such as to produce the same size output as the size of the Desired Waveform input Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Pre compensating a Wavefor
39. ANTINT16 numSegs ANTINT16 loopMode ANTID segIDs an2050_SDefineDualChn1lSeq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A numSegs ANTINT16 Specifies the total number of segments in this sequence Valid range 1 to 4096 loopMode ANTINT16 Specifies the loop mode of this sequence 0 One Shot 1 Loop Continuously until Stop condition occurs segIDs ANTID Specifies an array of numSegs segment IDs that are used to identify the segments to be associated with the sequence being defined The segments should be arranged in the order of running lt OUTPUT gt seqID ANTID Outputs the sequence ID for the sequence just defined lt RETURN gt 0 if OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 91 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Define Dual Chnl Seg by Duplicating Wave an2050_SDefineDualChnlSegDup This function duplicates the waveform data of wavelDin to form the waveform data for dual channel mode the same waveform is output in both channels The newly created dual channel waveform is then used to define a segment for dual channel mode use Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SDefineDualChn1SegDup ViSession vi ANTID wavelIDIn ANTID parmID ANTINT16
40. DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 4 7 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Signal Path The Signal Path panel is used to define the configuration of the instrument s output both Channels are available if Dual Channel mode is selected Otherwise only Channel 1 fields will be active for configuration 4 DES2050A72055 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Instruments Signal Path Waveforms SeQuence Channel 1 Cua 7 Gain El 1 000 Common Offset V Fl 0 00 S Differential Filter None S OO 0 001 0 200 0 400 0 600 0 800 1 000 450 200 000 200 350 IV Enable direct control gain and offset Channel 2 Channel mode Single Driver function an2050_CConfSnalChnl Warnings Sequencer Idle Figure 12 Signal Path Panel Port Head The Port drop down list allows selection of the SMA connectors on the DBS2050A Front Panel for signal output Options are e Output A Default e Output B Output config The Output Config drop down list allows selection of the output configuration for the signal The options are e Differential Default Not available in Dual Channel Mode e Single ended X1 e Single ended X4 4 8 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Filter DBS2050A User Manual The DBS
41. Driver Software to correct the outputs When to Perform User Calibration 3 2 A User Calibration should be performed when the DBS2050A s current temperature exceeds the last calibration temperature or the Factory calibration temperature if User Calibration has never been performed by more than 5 C Calibration should be perfromed only after reaching a stable temperature The accuracy of the units is specified over a 5 Celsius change from the calibration temperature Thus in order to ensure that the module is within its performance specifications User Calibration should be run when a 5 C temperature difference is exceeded Note The Factory calibration temperature is printed on the DBS2050A Calibration report shipped with the module under the title END TEMP User Calibration may be run more often if higher accuracy is required To determine the temperature at the last user calibration click the Show Details button on the Instruments panel To determine the current temperature click on the Read Temperature button from the Instruments panel DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Operating Modes The DBS2050A is capable of operating in two output modes Single Channel Mode and Dual Channel Mode Gain and Offset Sequencer or Direct Programmable Low P
42. Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Unload Sequence for DBS2055 an2050_SUnLoadSeq_2055N2050sync This function unloads the sequences seq Dmaster and seqIDslave from Sequencer Memory and frees the memory previously occupied by the segments of these sequences Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SUnloadSeq_2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTID seqIDmaster ANTID seqIDslave int mode an2050_SUnloadSeq 2055N2050sync Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode seqlDmaster ANTID The Master unit ID of the sequence to be unloaded An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored seqIDslave ANTID The Slave unit ID of the sequence to be unloaded An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not undefine return an2050_ SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and undefine the run parameters lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e segID is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequen
43. OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK AWGEINVPARNM if any parameter value is out of range 5 70 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Single and Dual Channel Mode Operation These functions control mode selection segment sequence and Run Time Parameters The following functions are included H u D D D D D D D Dm D D D D DD Dm Dm D D 2050 CSetChnlMode 2050 SSetSeqMN 2050 SSetSeq 2050 SSetSeqM 2050 SStopSeq 2050 SCopySeq 2050 SCopySeq_ 2055N2050sync 2050 2050 8 2050 2050 8 2050 8 2050 S 2050 8 2050 8 2050 8 2050 S 2050 S De De De De De De De De De De De fin fin fin e e fine e e fin 2050 SSetSeq 2050 SSetSeq 2050 S 2050 S De De DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 finel finel D D D D D R R fineSeg fineSeg 2055N2050sync fineSeg fineSeq 2055N2050sync fineSegqP fineSeqP 2055N2050sync ualChnlSeg ualChnlSeq ualChnlSegDup ualChnlSegFromSeg ualChnlSegl 2055N2050sync N 2055N2050sync unParms unParms 2055 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Single Dual Channel Mode Sele
44. Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master Unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode seqIDSrcMaster ANTID Specifies the Master unit sequence from which the partial sequence is to be extracted to form a new sequence seqlIDSrcSlave ANTID Specifies the Slave unit sequence from which the partial sequence is to be extracted to form a new sequence loopMode ANTINT16 Specifies the loop mode of this sequence One Shot Loop Continuously until stop condition occurs segBeginMaster ANTINT16 Specifies the beginning segment of Master unit to extract 1 for the 1 segment 2 for the 2 segment and so on segBeginSlave ANTINT16 Specifies the beginning segment of Slave unit to extract 1 for the 17 segment 2 for the 2 segment and so on segEndMaster ANTINT16 Specifies the ending segment of Master unit to extract 1 for the 1 segment 2 for the 2 segment and so on segEndSlave ANTINT16 Specifies the ending segment of Slave unit to extract 1 for the 17 segment 2 for the 2 segment and so on lt OUTPUT gt seqiDmaster ANTID seqlDmaster is the ID for the Master unit resulting sequence seqiDslave ANTID seqlDslave is the ID for the Slave unit resulting sequence lt RETURN gt VI_S
45. Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A chnl ANTINT16 Specifies channel 0 Channel 1 1 Channel 2 All others are ignored val ANTFLOAT Specifies the offset desired Valid range is 3 5V to 3 5V All others cause the offset to be set to the closest end 12 bit resolution mode int Specifies action if the Sequencer is currently running when function is called 0 Do not set 1 Stop the Sequencer set and then resume if running lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK 5 66 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Set Filter DBS2050A User Manual an2050_CSetFilter This function allows for setting either No Filter or any one of the three Low Pass Bessel filters for a specified channel on the instrument Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CSetFilter ViSession vi int chnl ANTINT16 filt int mode an2050_CSetFilter Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the DBS2050A for which the filter is to be set chnl int Specifies for which channel s to set the specified filter filt 1 Channel 1 2 Channel 2 3 Both Channels filt ANTINT16 Specifies the filter to be used 0 No Filters 1 U
46. Prototype ViStatus an2050_CSetAmpOffsetDirectOnOff ViSession vi int OnOff int mode an2050_CSetAmpOffsetDirectOnoff Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A OnOff int Specifies to turn Direct mode ON or OFF 0 Turn OFF 1 Turn ON All others are ignored If this is turned on the amplitude set using the function an2050_SsetAmpDirectVal is used mode int Specifies action if the Sequencer is currently running when function is called 0 Do not set 1 Set even if the Sequencer is running lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK 5 64 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Set Amplitude Direct Value DBS2050A User Manual an2050_CSetAmpDirectVal If Gain amp Offset Direct Mode is ON the driver will set the value to gain direct register and also set offset register with a correction based on the val parameter If Gain amp Offset Direct Mode is OFF the driver keeps the value and will perform a gain correction when the direct mode is turned ON Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CSetAmpDirectVal ViSession vi ANTINT16 chnl ANTFLOAT val int mode an2050_CSetAmpDirectVal Parameters
47. Specifies the sequence from which the partial sequence is to be extracted loopMode ANTINT16 Specifies the loop mode of this sequence One Shot Loop Continuously until stop condition occurs segBegin ANTID Specifies the beginning segment to extract i e start from this segment and extract all segments between this one and the one specified in segEnd 1 start at 1 segment 2 start at 2 segment and so on segEnd ANTINT16 Specifies the ending segment 1 for the 17 segment 2 for the 2 segment and so on lt OUTPUT gt seqID ANTID seqID is the ID for the resulting sequence just defined lt RETURN gt 0 if OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 87 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Define Sequence from Partial Sequence DBS2055 an2050_SDefineSeqP 2055N2050sync This function is used to define a sequence from a partial sequence for use with a DBS2055 Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SDefineSeqP_ 2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTID seqIDSrcMaster ANTID seqIDSrcSlave ANTID seqIDmaster ANTID seqIDslave ANTINT16 loopMode ANTINT16 segBeginMaster ANTINT16 segBeginSlave ANTINT16 segEndMaster ANTINT16 segEndSlave ANTID segIDsMaster ANTID segIDsSlave an2050_SDefineSeqP 2055N2050sync
48. The SFP will search the system for all active modules and produce a list in the Available Modules window e Select Single DBS2050A from the Instrument mode drop down menu or Demo mode to become familiar with SFP functionality without needing to connect to active hardware Note Synchronous 2050s and 2055 4 8GSa s modes are only available for use with the DBS2055 instrument Refer to the DBS2055 User Manual for information regarding these operating modes e Highlight the instrument to be initialized from the Available Modules window and click OK An EEPROM checksum is checked during module initialization Checksum failure could be due to either a hardware malfunction or a User Calibration routine that was aborted while storing data into EEPROM The storing of calibration values is performed at the end of the User Calibration 4 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual 4 DEEP 20 Initialization Set the communication method then click Find Instruments Nest select an instrument mode and an active master board Instrument mode Demo mode GA Communication Method Available Modules Morias Visa BCE Platinum Interface type TCP IP Ethemet IPAddress 0 0 o o Find Instruments Instruments Panel Once an instrument has been highlighted and initialized from the Available Modules list in the Initializati
49. The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqiIDMaster this may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeq Info This parameter is ignored if m2Master is not 2 m1Slave int Marker enable for markers on the Slave unit 0 Turn Marker 1 OFF for all segments 1 Turn Marker 1 ON for all segments 2 Turn Marker 1 ON or OFF according to m1ArraySlave All others cause AN2050_SEINVPARM to return m2Slave int Marker enable for markers on the Slave unit 0 Turn Marker 2 OFF for all segments 1 Turn Marker 2 ON for all segments 2 Turn Marker 2 ON or OFF according to m2ArraySlave All others cause AN2050_SEINVPARM to return m1ArraySlave char This parameter is used only if m1Slave is 2 When used each element specifies whether Marker 1 of the corresponding segment i e m1ArraySlave 0 specifies the first segment m1ArraySlave 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 will cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seq DSlave this may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeqInfo This parameter is ignored if m1Slave is not 2 m2ArraySlave char This parameter is used only if m2Slave is 2 When used each element specifies whether Marker 2 of the corresponding segment i e
50. This function specifies the Advance Trigger mode Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetAdvanceTrigMode ViSession vi ANTUINT16 source ANTUINT 16 mode an2050_GSetAdvanceTrigMode Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A source ANTUINT16 Specifies the Advance Trigger Source 0 External SMA Source 1 Use command Trigger an2050_S Advance Trigger i e source VXI register mode ANTUINT16 Specifies the Advance Trigger Mode desired 0 Polarity negative level TTL 1 Polarity negative level zero 2 Polarity positive level TTL 3 Polarity positive level zero All other values cause this function to be ignored lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK 5 120 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Trigger Advance Trigger DBS2050A User Manual an2050_GTrigger This function specifies whether this is a branch or advance trigger and also specifies how the software should react if the current Advance or Branch Trigger Mode source is external SMA Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GTrigger ViSession vi int type int mode an2050_GTrigger Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi
51. Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A chnl ANTINT16 Specifies channel 0 Channel 1 1 Channel 2 All others are ignored val ANTFLOAT Specifies the gain desired Valid range is 0 to 63 dB The gain has a 12 bit resolution The software rounds off to the nearest achievable gain All other values cause the gain to be set to the closest end mode int Specifies action if the Sequencer is currently running when function is called 0 Do not set 1 Stop the Sequencer set and then resume if running lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK Note for full scale 255 counts DAC waveform output amplitude 1Vp p when gain 0aB in X1 output mode and 4Vp p in X4 output mode DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 65 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set Offset Direct Value an2050_ CSetOffsetDirectVal If Gain amp Offset Direct Mode is ON the driver sets the value to offset direct register If Gain amp Offset Direct Mode is OFF the driver stores the value and performs offset correction when the direct mode is turned ON Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CSetOffsetDirectVal ViSession vi ANTINT16 chnl ANTFLOAT val int mode an2050_CSetOffsetDirectVval
52. ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A type int Specifies whether branch or advance trigger 0 Branch Trigger 1 Advance Trigger mode int Specifies action if Advance Trigger Mode or Branch Trigger Mode is external SMA 0 Do not trigger ignore this function and return error Note that if the trigger source is by software function this function will set the polarity to positive and the level to TTL regardless of what the current trigger mode is 1 Trigger and reset the Advance or Branch Trigger Mode source from external SMA to using the software function from now on 2 Trigger and then retain the current Advance or Branch Trigger Mode source reset the source back to external SMA and the polarity and level as they were before the trigger lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK an2050_GEIVPARM if any input value is invalid an2050_GEINVCMD if mode 0 and current trigger source is external Other errors from VXI access possible DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 121 DBS2050A User Manual Branch Set Branch Vector with Markers an2050_SSetBranchVectorMN This function sets the Branch Vector vector to the ithSeg segment of sequence seqID This causes sequence seqID to be run and sets
53. ViSession viSlave ANTID waveIDmaster ANTID wavelDslave ANTID parmIDmaster ANTID parmIDslave ANTINT16 loopMode ANTID segIDmaster ANTID segIDslave an2050_ SdefineSeg 2055N2050sync Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master Unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode wavelDmaster ANTID Specifies the waveform data ID to be associated with the segment being defined on the Master unit wavelDslave ANTID Specifies the waveform data ID to be associated with the segment being defined on the Slave unit parm IDmaster ANTID Specifies the ID of the Run Time Parameters for the segment being defined in the Master unit parm Dslave ANTID Specifies the ID of the Run Time Parameters for the segment being defined in the Slave unit loopMode ANTINT16 Specifies the loop mode and loop count for the segment Set to 49152 sets both bits If this bit is set the loop count bits 0 11 is below ignored The segment repeats until Advance to bit 15 Repeating next segment trigger occurs Loop enable If this bit is clear and bit 14 is clear the segment repeats the number of times specified in loop count
54. a maximum amplitude of 4 0Vp p The offset range of each channel is 3 5Vp p All voltages are specified into a 50 ohm load In Differential output this offset is applied as a common mode DC level to both outputs There is also a differential offset mode described below There are two ways to control gain and offset of the waveform output Directly under software control or via Run Time Parameters under control of the waveform sequencer Gain and Offset Direct Mode 3 6 Direct Gain and Offset allow immediate control of the waveform output Direct Gain and Offset parameters are set as described in the table below Note that Direct control requires stopping and starting a sequence to change settings This can be automatically handled by the driver Table 4 Direct Gain and Offset Values Gain Offset Parameter value Direct Gain CH1 Specifies the desired gain in dB The Direct Gain CH2 software will round off to the nearest achievable gain Out of range values cause the gain to be set to the closest end Valid range 0 to 60dB Direct Offset CH1 Specifies the desired offset in Volts Direct Offset CH2 Values outside the valid range are set to the closest end Valid range 3 5V to 3 5V Direct Gain and Specifies Direct Mode ON or OFF Offset ON OFF If ON Direct Gain and Offset values are used If OFF Run Time Parameters are used for Gain and Offset DBS2050A Functional Description
55. a set of Run Time Parameters to be associated with the Segment In the VXIplug amp play driver these are referenced by the assigned RTParmID On the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel the Run Time Parameter Names are listed for selection When the Sequence is run these parameters can be overridden by using the Direct Gain and Offset values without affecting the segment definition Repeat Loop Enabled the segment repeats continuously Loop Count is ignored Disabled the segment repeats the number of times specified in Loop Count Loop Count The number of times the segment is repeated This field is only valid if Repeat Loop Continuous is disabled Advance Trigger Enabled the segment repeats until an Advance to next segment trigger occurs This setting overrides Repeat Loop and Loop Count for this segment Disabled Advance trigger is ignored Marker 1 2 3 See Marker section Enable Sequences A Sequence consists of one or more Segments linked together and run in one continuous operation It also defines how Segments progress One or more Segments are added in the order in which they are to play The waveform will run its Segments in the order they appear in the Sequence except when Branch trigger is used DBS2050A Functional Description 3 15 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisan
56. artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual waveType short Specifies the type of waveform to generate Valid values are WAVCWAVESINE for sine wave WAVCWAVESQUARE for square wave WAVCWAVETRIANGLE for triangle wave WAVCWAVENOISE for noise All other values cause WAVEINVPARM error return mode short Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform lt OUTPUT gt nPts float As output nPts is the adjusted number of points per cycle tPts ANTUINT32 The total number of points generated This meets the hardware requirement For AN2050 tPts is at least 512 and is a multiple of 32 wavelD ANTID wavelD is the waveform ID assigned to the generated waveform data lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 31 DBS2050A User Manual Create amp Load Std Wave I an2050_CCrNLoadStdWavel This function is similar to an2050_CCreateStdWavel except it loads the generated standard waveform data into the Waveform Memory for single channel use and assigns a waveform ID wavelID to the waveform data This function calculates the total number of points tPts needed based on the minimum number of points nPts per c
57. as an input parameter to access this specific device lt RETURN gt Returns VI_SUCCESS if successful Possible returns are an2050_ERR_INV_MANF_ID if manufacturer is not Analogic and an2050_ERR_INV_MODEL_CODE if the model is not DBS2050 or returns other errors Returns an2050_ERR_DEV_IN_USE if the device is in use Returned error codes may be passed into an2050_errorMessage for the description of the error 5 8 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Set Instrument Mode DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SetInstrumentMode This function should be used to initialize the DBS2050A boards when operating in any of the three valid operating modes e Single 2050A mode DBS2050A DBS2055 e Dual Synchronous 2050A mode DBS2055 e 2055 mode DBS2055 Note This function replaces the function an2050_init an2050_init is still supported in the driver for those users who have used it in their programming This function provides an option to reset the instrument to Power On Default values Therefore resetFlag will always reset the board with a valid value of VI TRUE or VI FALSE When reset the trigger is in free run mode and the clock source is set to internal Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SetInstrumentMode Vilnt16 logicAddrMaste
58. com DBS2050A User Manual Spurious free dynamic range Dual Channel Mode Spurious free dynamic range Dual Channel Mode Nyquist spur rejection Single Channel Mode SINAD S N D Single Channel Mode Channel 1 and Ch 1 Dual Channel Mode Dual Channel Mode S Signal Power N D Noise power Total Distortion Channel Crosstalk Single ended X1 gt 45dBc lt 10MHz gt 30dBc lt 200KHz DC Offset gt 2V gt 35dBc 10MHz to 50MHz gt 29dBc 50MHz to 200MHz gt 25dBc 200MHz to 400MHz Single ended X4 DC Offset 0V gt 40dBc lt 10MHz gt 39dBc 10 MHz to 50 MHz DC Offset lt 2V gt 35dBc lt 10MHz gt 28dBc 10MHz to 50MHz DC Offset lt 3 5V gt 35dBc lt 10MHz gt 23dBc 10MHz to 50MHz Single ended X1 gt 40dBc at 1 2GHz Single ended X1 gt 37dBc with 1Vp p signal gt 30dBc with 100mVp p signal gt 14dBc with 10mVp p signal Single ended X1 gt 34dBc with 1Vp p signal gt 30dBc with 100mVp p signal gt 15dBc with 10mVp p signal Single ended X4 gt 37dBc with 4Vp p signal gt 33dBc with 400mVp p signal gt 18dBc with 40mVp p signal Output 1Vp p sine Measurement BW 1MHz to 605MHz Clock freq 1 2GHz Output 4Vp p sine Offset 0V Measurement BW 1MHz to 605MHz Clock freq 1 2GHz Output 1Vp p sine Signal 50MHz Clock freq 2 4GHz Signal 50MHz sine Measurement BW 5MHz to 1 190GHz Clock freq 2 4GHz Measurement BW 5MHz to 605MHz Clock freq
59. external source clock If the currently selected clock is external this will take effect immediately otherwise this frequency is stored until an external clock is selected When the user switches from internal to external clock the frequency is set as close as possible to this frequency Also a new external clock divider kept by the instrument driver is calculated based on the adjusted freq and the external source clock frequency Note The frequency is set to the nearest possible frequency if the frequency desired is out of range an2050_GextSrcFreq 8 64 65538 lt freq lt an2050_GextSrcFreq When out of range occurs this function returns an2050_GWINVPARM if all else is OK otherwise a VXI bus error or other errors are returned Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetExtClockFreq ViSession vi ANTDOUBLE freq an2050_GSetExtClockFreq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A freq ANTDOUBLE Specifies the sampling frequency desired when the external source clock is selected in MHz lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK Returns invalid parameter error an2050_GEINVPAR M if frequency desired is out of range 5 54 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888
60. gt digiRev ViChar _VI_FAR The Digital Board Revision number is output in digiRev as an ASCII string digiRev must be at least 16 bytes outRevi ViChar VI EAR The Output Board Revision number is output in outRev as an ASCII string outRev must be at least 16 bytes calibRev ViChar VI EAR The Calibration Procedure Revision number is output in calibRev as an ASCII string calibRev must be at least 16 bytes lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_NSUP_OPER Unsupported operation If the hardware revision is smaller than 2 then no revision number is recorded in EEPROM DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 147 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Get Digital and Output Board Serial s an2050_CGetSerialNumbers Get Calibration Procedure Document Number This function outputs e Digital Board Serial number in digiSer e Output Board Serial number in outSer e Calibration Procedure Document number in calibDoc Each of these buffers must be at least 16 bytes Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CGetSerialNumbers ViSession vi ViChar _ VI FAR digiSer ViChar_ VI FAR outSer ViChar VI FAR calibDoc an2050_CGetSerialNumbers Parameters Variable Type Descri
61. in Sa s previously entered in the Controls panel Number of cycles Select Calculate or enter the number of waveform cycles desired e Valid range 0 01 to 500 000 00 e Default is 4 00 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Number of samples Select Calculate or enter the total number of waveform samples e Valid range is 512 to 8 388 576 2816x2816 e Modulo 32 e Default is 512 Wave Frequency Select Calculate or enter the desired waveform frequency in Hz If calculated this frequency is achieved by dividing the Number of cycles by the Number of samples and then multiplying this quotient by the Sample Rate Loading an Arbitrary Waveform from a File To load an arbitrary waveform from a file 1 Inthe From File tab and Path name field enter or browse to the file containing the waveform data to be loaded 2 Check the Autoscale checkbox if desired 3 Pre compensate the waveform if desired 4 Load the waveform using the Load Wave button The waveform will be added to the list in the Loaded waveforms table The Unload Selected and Unload All buttons may be used to delete loaded waveforms from memory 5 To preview the waveform highlight a loaded waveform and click the Quick Run button A pop up window will appear enter a direct gain and offset to be used if a value other th
62. in the output signal path DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Controls Panel The Controls Panel is used to configure e Sample Clock and Reference Clock e Main Trigger and Advance Trigger e Markers NPL CSC E DBS2050A 2 4GSa s Single 2050A Mode bou Signal Path SeQuence FE I Enable marker 1 Sample Clock Reference Clock Internal External EE GHz si Actual rate GHz 2 400000000 Source Internal External Internal freq Hz 10 MHz 3 hl Source Sample rate Ereba ioaraplesi KE EE T Enable marker 2 Main Trigger Advance Trigger Free Run S Tiig Poste SE Nagallve Mode ow Software Extemal DS Loge B Bomi Source T Enable marker 3 Pojani Polatity Lee eli Channel mode Single Driver function an2050_GGetClockFreq Warnings Sequencer Idle Figure 13 Controls Panel DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 11 DBS2050A User Manual Sample Clock Reference Clock Source Select whether the sample clock to be used is the Internal Sample Clock present in the DBS2050A or an
63. information essential to maximizing the unit s performance and flexibility It assumes a basic understanding of AWG arbitrary waveform generator terminology and some programming experience This chapter covers Controlling the DBS2050A User Calibration Operating Modes Analog Signal Path Filters Time Base Sample Clock Creating and Running Waveform Sequences Triggers Markers Controlling the DBS2050A The DBS2050A can be controlled by e DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel SFP e Application program written by the user e Wavesmith TM Waveform Generation and analysis software All of these methods use the VXIplug amp play Driver Software The driver was developed using LabWindows CVI Driver functions are provided for all instrument control including Clocks Internal and External Sample and Reference Clocks Waveform generation and loading Sequence control Signal Path Control o Waveform Gain and Offset o Filters o Output Configuration Single Channel X1 X4 or Differential X1 Dual Channel X1 X4 o Head A or B also referred to as Port A or B e Triggers Main Advance and Branch e Markers Marker 1 Marker 2 and Marker 3 These controls are described in the following sections For more information refer to the section titled Creating and Running Waveforms which describes waveform and sequencer operation DBS2050A Functional Description 3 1 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation
64. is invalid an2050_SEINVPARM Invalid parameter an2050_SENOMEM Not enough memory If this happens the user can use the Undef functions to free up memory occupied by definitions no longer being used DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 85 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Define Sequence for DBS2055 2050A Dual Sync an2050_SDefineSeq_2055N2050sync This function is used to define a sequence for use with a DBS2055 As implied by the parameters the segments must have been defined before the sequence can be defined When running the sequence the segments are run in the same order as they appear here in the parameter list Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SDefineSeq_2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTID seqIDmaster ANTID seqIDslave ANTINT16 numSegs ANTINT16 loopMode ANTID segIDsMaster ANTID segIDsSlave An 2050 SDefineSeq 2055N2050sync Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master Unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode numSegs ANTINT16 Specifies the total number of segm
65. list Note Start New Session can only be used if the chassis power has not been reset Once an instrument has been highlighted and initialized from the Available Modules list in the Initialization panel the Instruments Panel shown on the previous page will appear A User Calibration software utility is provided to perform user initiated self calibration of a DBS2050A instrument This utility is called from the SFP when the Calibrate button is pressed on the Instruments panel Refer to Chapter 3 for more information about User Calibration Physical Setup for User Calibration User Calibration Procedure DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Performing User Calibration on a DBS2050A is a self contained software operation and does not require any connections to the DBS2050A To calibrate the module e Click the Calibrate button The 2050A 2055 User Calibration panel will appear 4 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual On the calibration panel specify the following information Read Temperature Select the Communication Type either VISA or Platinum as before on the Initialization panel Select Model 2050A Enter the module s Logical Address Enter the logical address in the field labeled MASTER LA Using the switch shown specify to Restore Factory Calibration settings or to CALIBRA
66. mentioned variables 2 Keep the loaded one make a copy of it and load the new one with the new marker definition If this is specified and seqID is already loaded the ID of the new copy of seqID is output in seqNew lt OUTPUT gt seqNew ANTID seqNew is the ID of the new copy of seqID if seqID is already loaded and mode amp 0xf0 0x20 seqNew is 0 if no new copy of the seqID is created e seqlD was not loaded when this function was called seqNew is meaningful only if mode amp 0xf0 0x20 otherwise it contains only garbage lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK 5 126 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set Branch Vector Source an2050_GBranchVectorSrc This function specifies the source used for the selection of branch vector in Branch Memory Auto Increment causes the systematic cycling through all 16 branch vectors For example vector 0 is used for the 17 branch trigger vector 1 for the 2 branch trigger and so on up to 16 then vector 0 again for the 17 branch trigger and so on Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GBranchVectorSrc ViSession vi ANTINT16 source an2050_GBranchVectorSrc Parameters Variab
67. necessary All functions of the DBS2050A are supported by the VXIplug amp play Driver Software The driver minimizes system integration and software development time The DBS2050A also includes the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel application which implements the most commonly used driver functions and serves as an example for driver usage Delay Delay Pulse Marker 1 Width Pulse lee Marker 2 O Marker 3 Delay Branch Vector O Branch Vector Branch SW Commands Table Branch Level Polarity m Trigger Polarity Sequencer Trigger A O0 Trigger BO o Nu i gg VXI ECLO Trigger VXI ECU ECLI Mode Sequence aA Memory Advance SW Commands Advance Trigger VXI Bus Interface Ext Clock Input Ext Ref Clock Input vi Waveform Memory Sequence Gain Offset Programmable Ch1 DACs Combiner Ch2 Time Base Generator a 9 interna Reference Phase Lock Loop Clock Figure 1 DBS2050A Block Diagram Low Pass or Pass Through Programmable Low Pass or Pass Through Pulse Width Direct Gain and Offset o 0 Output 1A o 0 Output 1B o o Output 2A o A ET o O Output 2B DBS2050A Introduction 82 5126 Rev 0 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumenta
68. of instruments found Thus the caller should keep the original input value of nDevs for comparison when this function returns VXIFlag Vilnt16 bit O to bit3 an2050_SCAN_VXI 1 to find all VXI instruments an2050_SCAN_VXI 0 to find only DBS2050A instruments bit4 to bit7 0 scan for boards on VXI MXI interface 1 scan for boards on GPIB VXI C interface only all others scan for boards on both VXI and GPIB VXI C interfaces lt OUTPUT gt laArray ViPInt16 Contains the Logical Addresses of all the desired instruments found The total number of instruments found output in this array is nDevs The array size of laArray must be at least the input value of nDevs slotArray ViPInt16 Contains the Slot Ze of all the desired instruments found The total number of instruments found output in this array is nDevs The array size of slotArray must be at least the input value of nDevs nDevs ViPInt16 As output nDevs is the total number of desired instruments found If the total number of desired instruments found is greater than the original input value of nDevs only the Logical Addresses and Slot s of the first nDevs is output in laArray and slotArray The caller should keep the original input value of nDevs for comparison when this function returns lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS
69. system hardware assembly contains one of two platforms as shown in Figure 1A one of two carriers and a selection of instrument modules as shown in Figure 1B The DBS2050A and DBS2055 incorporate the instrument module functions within their design Consult the factory for product delivery schedule and pricing Introduction Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation Two software packages Wavesmith and Drivers are provided as standard units for each platform test system Three optional software packages Wavesmith Plus NRB and Pre Compensation are available VX I Compatible Bench Test Sets As shown in Figure 1A the VXI Compatible Bench Test Set hardware is essentially a subset of that of the Platform Systems namely the Carrier and Instrument Module units VXI compatible Test System hardware assembly will contain one of two carriers and a selection of instrument modules as shown in Figure 1B Plug and Play Drivers and Soft Front Panel SFP software are provided for each VXI Compatible Test System assembly Configuring a Stimulus Test System 1 2 In a typical configuring exercise the user starts with the selection of the module or carrier with module of DBS20xx and then selects the appropriate carrier according to the Module Selection Additional configuring information is included in Chapter 6 Applications
70. the generated waveform Software Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation 6 Configurations for Typical Applications General Application Description As described briefly in Chapter 1 Introduction configuring an application specific test system begins with the selection of processing modules with the parameter values required for that operation The chart that follows indicates selections that may be made to configure a Test System for each of five applications Platform Instrument Carrier Module s Optional Software 1 Stress Test of Disk Drive Read and Write Channels EEN DESAI NARB 2 Test of Synchronous Wavesmith Generation of I and Q phases of Quadrature ae BESSERES Wavesmith Generation Plus 3 Production test of Disk eis ee ga DBS2050A Printed Circuit Board Wavesmith PCB 4 General Purpose Testing and DBS901 Wavesmith Measuring at Frequencies DP7020 2 DBS9900 Wavesmith up to 80MHz DBS902 Plus 5 General Purpose Testing and DBS907 Wavesmith Measuring at Frequencies DP7020 2 DBS9905 Wavesmith above 500 MHz DBS908 Plus 6 Quadrature Testing DBS901 Wavesmith DP7020 2 DBS9900 i DBS901 Wavesmith Plus 7 R amp D Development of Test DBS901 Wavesmith for DSL DP7020 2 DBS9900 DBS902 Wavesmith Plus 8 Testing of Pacemakers and Wavesmith Defibrillators DP7
71. the user to define waveform DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 3 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual data for dual channel use from loaded waveform data an2050_SDefineDualChnlSeg an2050_SDefineDualChnlSegDup an2050_ SDefineDualChn lSegFromSeg Functions are also provided for directly loading waveform data for dual channel use an2050_ SLoadDualChn lWave functions If a waveform is to be used for both single channel mode and dual channel mode with this waveform totally output to one channel the most efficient way to accomplish this is to first load this waveform for single channel use then use the an2050_SDefineDualChnlSeg function to define waveform data for dual channel use Note however when using the an2050_SDefineDualChnlSeg function to define waveform data for dual channel use from loaded waveform data the newly created dual channel waveform data is placed in the waveform data memory Therefore even though no new waveform data is explicitly loaded by the user more waveform data memory is used These commands return not enough memory errors when there is not enough waveform data memory to accommodate the newly created waveform data Guidelines for Creating Applications using the DBS2050A VXIplug amp play Driver The following describes how vario
72. to Ignore Advance Trigger Otherwise the segment will run indefinitely until the entire Sequence is terminated lt OUTPUT gt segID ANTID SegID is the ID for the segment just defined DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 81 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e either wavelD or parmID is invalid an2050_SENOMEM Not enough memory If this happens the user can use the Undef functions to free up memory occupied by definitions no longer being used 5 82 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Define Segment for DBS2055 2050A Dual Sync an2050_SDefineSeg_2055N2050sync This function defines a segment made up of the specified waveform ID and run time parameter ID for the Master and Slave units making up a DBS2055 The output segID master and slave is to be used in functions that require segmentID as a parameter If an Out of memory error occurs use Undefine commands to free some memory used by obsolete parameter segment or sequence definitions Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SdefineSeg_ 2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster
73. truncated within the program SINC Correction The DAC in the DBS2050A will cause a roll off in the frequency domain having a SINC Sin x x shape with the first zero being at the sampling frequency for a DBS2050A Thus each element of the Freq Resp Correction array is divided by SINC 2 Fn Fs Where Fn is frequency corresponding to the nth element Fs is the sample frequency in the case of the DBS2050A Band Limit Array The array is resized to band limit the correction frequency to Nyquist Fs 2 for the DBS2050A If the Freq Resp Correction array length is too small to reach these frequency limits then the array is padded with zeros up the limit Half DC The DC component first element of the array is halved so that the new array represents the single sided spectrum of the correction frequency response Convert to Time Domain The resulting array is converted to the time domain which represents the impulse response of the required correction The width of the impulse response is 1 Input Freq Spacing i e 100ns for 1OMHz spacing The Impulse response is rotated to put Time zero in the center The conversion is designed to provide an odd number of samples Re Sampling The impulse response is re sampled at the Sample Frequency using a SINC interpolation algorithm The output samples are odd and centered about the original time zero element i e time zero value in equals time zero value out 6 DBS2050A Appendix B
74. used each element specifies whether marker 2 of the corresponding Segment e m2Array 0 specifies the first segment m2Array 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqID may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeq nfo mode int Bits 0 Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not set return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING The old branch vector remains effective 1 Set the branch vector disable the sequencer and load the sequence The Sequencer will remain disabled after this function returns Bits 1 amp 2 Specifies if the old branch vector should be unloaded 00 Do not unload the sequence for the old branch vector 01 Unload the sequence for the old branch vector only if it is not being used by other branch vectors 10 Unload the sequence for the old branch vector even if it is being used by other branch vectors Note that unloading can only be done if the Sequencer is not running or if running bitO of mode is set Bits 4 to 7 Specifies action if the sequence is loaded already 0 Use the loaded sequence ignore the marker definition specified in m1 m2 m1Array and m2Array 1 Use the loaded one but change the marker definition to what is specified in the above
75. was obtained by calling an2050_init val ANTFLOAT Specifies the desired differential offset 12 bit resolution Valid range 2 volts lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt ViStatus status 0 if OK AWCEINVPARNM if val is out of range 5 62 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set Wave General Tolerance an2050_CSetWaveGenTol This function sets the tolerance used in an2050_ CCalcTPts and an2050_CCalcTPtslI Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CSetWaveGenTol ViSession vi FLOAT tol an2050_CSetWaveGenTol Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init tol FLOAT Specifies the desired tolerance Valid range 0003 lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt ViStatus status 0 if OK AWCEINVPARM if val is out of range DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 63 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set Amplitude amp Offset Direct On Off an2050_CSetAmpOffsetDirectOnOff This function turns the Gain amp Offset Direct Mode ON or OFF for both channels Function
76. whether the trigger signal comes Source from the front panel SMA Branch Trigger connector or via the Branch Trigger software command Specifies whether the Branch Vector comes from the Branch Vector input connector on Branch Vector Source the Front Panel of the DBS2050A 4 bit TTL or from software commands When software controlled the branch vector will Auto Increment increment through 16 pre defined branch vectors sequentially Branch Trigger This setting is used if the source is the front Level panel SMA Specifies the trigger level as either 1 5 Volts TTL or zero volts Branch Trigger Specifies whether to trigger on a negative or Polarity positive slope rising or falling edge of the waveform 3 20 DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Markers The DBS2050A has the capability to output 3 independent marker signals Marker signals are intended to provide a means of triggering external events synchronously with the main output signal The markers are called MARKER 1 MARKER 2 and MARKER 3 These signals may be accessed via the SMA connectors on the Front Panel of the unit Markers are 5 volt fixed amplitude signals Into 50 ohm loads they provide 2 5V signals to trigger TTL or CMOS inputs Each Marker has programmable Start Delay and Width times Ma
77. within 64 byte blocks The device s Logical Address is used by the software to communicate with these hardware registers The DBS2050A if shipped with Logical Address 128 If you have only one DBS2050A module in the chassis the Logical Address does not need to be changed However if you have more than one DBS2050A in a chassis or another VXI instrument at 128 each must have a unique Logical Address Legal Logical Addresses range from 0 to 254 decimal Changing the Logical Address The Logical Address is set via a set of 8 dip switches located on the bottom rear of the DBS2050A module and are accessed through a set of holes in the outer skin of the carrier To set the Logical Address 1 Insert a needle nose probe or similar tool through the hole and push the dip switch to the desired setting 2 Repeat for each additional dipswitch to be changed until the Logical Address is as desired DBS2050A Preparation and Installation 2 3 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual A24 A32 Communications Rear of Module P1 2 4 ON ji gd YYYyYyYyYyY 00000000 similar tool e EE ET VECCCCCS Switches must be set through these holes using a needle probe or a Switch itself is shown below 128 64 32 16 84 2 1 A13 A12 A11A10 A9 AB A7 AG KE Note S1 is VV VN ev ve shown enlarged for presentation purpo
78. 020 2 DBS9900 DBS902 Wavesmith Plus As shown in the table the same Test Measurement System may be used in more than one application Configurations for Typical Applications 6 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation Family Tree The configuration Family Tree for Application 4 is shown in Figure 5 General Purpose Stimulus Measurement Test Instrument Frequencies gt 500 MHz y Platform Test Set Hardware Firmware Platform DP7020 2 Platform Software Utilities Carrier Drivers DBS9905 Wavesmith Modules DBS907 DBS908 Figure 5 Family Tree for Test System Application 6 2 Configurations for Typical Applications Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Corporation Test amp Measurement Division 8 Centennial Drive Peabody MA 01960 7987 USA Tel 978 977 3000 Fax 978 977 6814 email t amp m_info analogic com www analogic com ANALOGICE The World Resource for Precision Signal Technology Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation P N 82 5126 Rev 03 Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com A rtisan Artisan
79. 050_ChooseCommMethod int comLayerFlag char physicalMediumString char chassisAddressString an2050_ChooseCommMethod Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt comLayerFlag This flag toggles between VISA or PCL settings FLAG_NOT_SET 0 Upon startup the communication flag gets this value PCL_COMMUNICATION 1 Use PCL functionality to communicate to the chassis VISA_COMMUNICATION 2 Use VISA functionality to communicate to the chassis physicalMediumString If PCL this string contains the physical medium for communication with Platinum If VISA pass NULL to this parameter chassisAddressString If PCL this string contains the address of the chassis If VISA pass NULL to this parameter lt OUTPUT gt None None lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values Returned error codes may be passed into an2050_errorMessage for the description of the error DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 11 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Perform a Self Test an2050_ self test This function checks for a valid session handle It calls an2050_invalidSession Function Prototype Format ViStatus an2050_ self test ViSession vi ViP
80. 050_find2050Instrs ViPInt16 IaArray ViPInt16 slotArray ViPInt16 nDevs an2050_find2050Instrs Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt nDevs ViPInt16 As input nDevs specifies the maximum number of instruments expected Normally this is also the array size of laArray and slotArray If the total number of instruments found is greater than nDevs only the Logical Addresses and Slot s of the first nDevs is output in laArray and slotArray and the nDevs is updated to reflect the total number of instruments found Thus the caller should keep the original input value of nDevs for comparison when this function returns lt OUTPUT gt laArray ViPInt16 Contains the Logical Addresses of all the desired instruments found The total number of instruments found output in this array is nDevs The array size of laArray must be at least the input value of nDevs slotArray ViPInt16 Contains the Slot Ze of all the desired instruments found The total number of instruments found output in this array is nDevs The array size of slotArray must be at least the input value of nDevs nDevs ViPInt16 passed by reference As output nDevs is the total number of desired instruments found If the total number of desired instruments found is greater than the original input value of nDevs
81. 0_SSetBranchVector an2050_ GBranchVectorSrc and an2050_GSetBranchTrigMode before calling an2050 SSetSeq To increase flexibility the driver does not require an application to go to the beginning of a sequence to access segments in the sequence instead the driver allows the DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual application to branch into a desired segment within a sequence However once it runs to the end of the sequence the entire sequence will run again if the sequence loop mode is set to continuous looping Functions return an error if the function is not appropriate for the particular machine state and the user will have to call the function at a later time For example a Sequencer is running error may be returned when a command that needs access to the Segment Memory is received while the Sequencer is running DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 5 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Driver Functions Initialize Functions Initialize 5 6 In addition to the required VXIplug amp play functions an2050_init an2050_close an2050_ reset an2050 self test an205
82. 0_revisionQuery and an2050_errorMessage this driver also provides AN2050 specific functions All driver functions return a status This will be 0 if successful or non zero for an error or warning These functions initialize the instrument set the instrument mode and communication method and perform a self test The following functions are included e an2050 init e an2050 SetInstrumentMode e an2050 ChooseCommMethod e an2050 self test an2050_init Note This function has been replaced with an2050_SetInstrumentMode which should be used to initialize DBS2050A and DBS2055 instruments in all operating modes Single 2050A Dual Sync 2050A 2055 modes However the function an2050_init is still included in the driver for those users who have already used it in their applications or need to conform with the VXIplug amp play spec This function is used to initialize the DBS2050A instrument by opening the instrument for communication and getting a session handle It also provides an option to reset the instrument to Power On Default values Therefore resetFlag will always reset the board with a valid value of VI TRUE or VI FALSE When reset the trigger is in Free Run Mode and the clock source is set to internal An idQuery is always performed to make sure the unit is DBS2050A and returns an2050_ERR INN MANE ID or an2050_ERR_INV_MODEL_CODF if it is not DBS2050A This function checks that the
83. 1 Set even if the Sequencer is running DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 117 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt None None None 5 118 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Set Trigger Level DBS2050A User Manual an2050_CSetTrigLevel This function sets the Trigger Level Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CSetTrigLevel ViSession vi float level int mode an2050_CSetTrigLevel Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A level float Specifies the trigger level in volts between 10 7 volts mode int Specifies action if the Sequencer is currently running when function is called 0 Do not set 1 Set even if the Sequencer is running lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 119 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Advance Set Advance Trigger Mode an2050_GSetAdvanceTrigMode
84. 100 0 The data is scaled by the function fsr 127 if abs min_0 gt max_0 max 0 abs min 0 scale fsr max_0 data data scale Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Amplitude of FS Conected Waveform Square E o 0 a 115 57 Scale Figure 19 Precompensation panel 4 Click Accept to accept the pre compensated wave and return to the Waveforms panel Click Cancel to negate the pre compensation and return to the Waveforms panel Number of samples returned when in Pad Mode If pre compensation occurred in Pad Mode Precompensation panel will display how many pad samples were actually returned by the algorithm If the algorithm returned more pad samples than requested the SFP will only keep the number of samples requested If the algorithm returns fewer pad samples than requested the extra pad samples will remain 0 If the exact number of samples returned by the algorithm is desired click Cancel to close the panel and repeat the pre compensation process this time entering the number of pad samples reported back the previous time Programming Notes Calling the Pre compensation dl Necessary Files 10 When programming the following files are necessary pre complib h must be included pre compLib lib must be used pre compLib dll see below for function prototype description DBS2050A Appe
85. 12V 5 0 7A max 12V 2A piepk MaX 12V 5 1 0A max 12V 2A pk pk MAX 5 0V 5 6 2A max 5 0V 5A pk pk MAX 5V STDBY 0 0A max 5V STDBY OA pk pk Max 5 2V 5 8 5A max 5 2V 4A pk pk MAX 2V 5 3 6A max 2V 3A picpk MAX Fuse Capacity Output Card No User serviceable parts 24V 1A 125VAC Fuses must be changed at the factory 12V 2A 125VAC 5V 2A 125VAC 5 2V 10A 125VAC 2V 3A 125VAC Digital Card 5V 5A 125VAC 5 2V 5A x 2 125VAC Physical Specification Notes Cd Physical dimensions Double Wide VXI C size module ee Weigh eg DE 8 DBS2050A Appendix A 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Appendix B Pre compensation Option for DBS2050A Overview Pre compensation increases the performance of the DBS2050A by allowing creation of higher fidelity waveforms For band limited signals operating in characterized test systems the option produces near perfect frequency response characteristics e Flatness lt 0 3dB from DC to 300MHz Any DBS2050A can be configured for use with Pre compensation This is done at the factory during initial production or upon return of the instrument Pre compensation of a waveform may be accomplished via e the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel SFP e an application program written by the user Both methods rely on a Pre com
86. 2 The total number of data points in data This must be at least 1024 and be a multiple of 64 data ANTINT8 The waveform data Array size is numPts Note Single channel has been set internally because the DBS2055 only allows Single Channel waveform data The data format is an2050 format i e OxO 128 Ox1 127 0x7f 1 Ox80 0 Oxff 127 mode Int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform data The Sequencer remains disabled when this function returns lt OUTPUT gt wavelD ANTID wavelD is the waveform ID for the newly loaded waveform data lt RETURN gt ViStatus VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid else return error value 5 44 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Load Waveform for DBS2055 an2050 SLoadWaveformN_ 2055 This function loads waveform data to the DBS2055 waveform data memory This function assumes the data is in an2050 format Use the function an2050_SloadWaveformN_2055 to load the waveform data if the data is in regular byte integer format Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SLoadWaveformN_2055 ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTINT32 numPts ANTI
87. 2050A available filters are selectable from this drop down list The options are None default 2 MHz Three Pole Low Pass Bessel filter 20 MHz Three Pole Low Pass Bessel filter 200 MHz Three Pole Low Pass Bessel filter Direct Gain and Offset Mode When forming segments in the Segments panel gain and offset values are defined in a Run Time Parameter set and associated with a particular waveform However it is possible to override these parameters by setting the Gain and Offset values directly Note Gain and Offset may be changed while a Sequence is running The DBS2050A will store user specified direct gain and offset values until Direct Mode is turned ON If enabled the specified values are used for all segments in the Sequence e When the Enable direct control gain and offset checkbox is checked the gain and offset values specified in this panel are used e When the Enable direct control gain and offset checkbox is unchecked the gain and offset values specified in the Segments panel on a per segment basis are used Direct Gain and Offset Values DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Direct Gain and Offset values may be entered using the numeric or slider controls The valid range for Gain is 0 001 to 1 000 The valid range for Offset is 3 50V to 3 50V The valid range for Common Mode Offset in Differential output configuration is 3 50V to 3 50V Note Differential offset in Differential outp
88. 2050_SGetSeqSegs to get all the segment IDs in the specified sequence segRcd ANTINT16 segRcd 1 if sequence seqID is not loaded All non negative values indicate the segment record number where the first segment of seqID is loaded loopMode ANTINT16 Specifies loop mode 0 If One Shot 1 If Loop Continuously lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid AWSEINVID if seqID is invalid DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 135 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Get Segments in Sequence an2050_ SGetSeqSegs This function gets the segments of the sequence seqID Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SGetSeqSegs ViSession vi ANTID seqID ANTINT16 numSegs ANTID segBuf an2050_SGetSeqSegs Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A seqID ANTID Specifies the ID of the sequence whose segments are to be output numSegs ANTINT16 As input specifies the size of the segBuf array lt OUTPUT gt numSegs ANTINT16 As output is the actual number of segments in the sequence seqID If this is greater than the input numSegs only input numSegs segments is output in segBuf The caller should
89. 3 9 CREATING AND RUNNING WAVEFORM SEQUENCES ss s ssssesessesertetesesesserertetesestssenestteseseseneseetesestssenesteresesestenen ee 3 10 EE 3 12 EE 3 12 Arbitrary Waveform Reguiremenie 3 13 Waveform Data Ty Pes viste 2 ssesecies seegicdeuss Ee Eed EEE OSANO OMEA Ad 3 13 RUNTIME PAP AMN CLS ccanncss inaccvss dascosscvaasihscvaceodna seated entisoaadestiscbaceoad e EE RREA E EEA EEEE EES EPEE SE PARES REE 3 13 TEE E OA EE E AEE O A A E T O E A 3 14 TEE HEEN AED ege 3 15 EE 3 16 TRIGGER EE 3 17 EE 3 17 Advance Trig oer cule e Ee EEN EE E 3 19 Branch Trig er scissile Eed EE ea sav dads ies tated cade eae ee nad ade aa 3 19 MARKERS ere e EE eee wala toe lated a Maer 3 21 ET 3 22 Marker EE 3 23 4 DBS2050A 2055 SOFT FRONT PANEL 1 0 0 cssssssssssssscsssscccesssessssssesssssessesssessssserscessesessssssesssesesscsseesosssssoss 4 1 KIELEN EE EE 4 1 INITIALIZING THE DESNO E 4 2 Communication Protocols ee Ee Eed ege este 6d EAEE E d 4 2 Launching the Soft Front Panel Application cccccccssecsssecnseesceseeseesetscesecuceeeccesseeaecaeesecaeeeeceaeeseeaesenenaeeeeeaees 4 3 DCLECLNG AN EE Ee EE Eod atin ded eee tied a AE N a a e 4 3 INSTRUMENTS PANT Dei Ee 4 4 EE 4 4 SLATE NEW SESSION eiei r a a r a e rE e a Ea EEEa rE O OA ee ded ege EEEE 4 5 User COL bration sens deed degbee cvseeisd E EE E E OE EEE NE EAEE ra E rE 4 5 Physical Setup for User Calibration sense resuena eis a e EA E EEE E E e EESO EEGs 4 5 User Calibration Procedu
90. 5 4 DRIVER TONCTION ee EE 5 6 INITIALIZE ALE RE 5 6 ROSE eseu sde eege EES ee ENN GEET FILE sissies cevsvetiessndsstavesbdyaatelacerraiaodspersneshaveeec 5 6 Set Instrument Mode an2050 Set fnetrumentMode 5 9 Choose Communication Method an2050 ChooSeCommMe CHO eect 5 11 Perform a Self Test siirresssisrsrirciscrosssireenressennesi ANZO50 et teb terenne iie r aa r 5 12 HARDWARE E 5 13 Find AN 2050 S cssescssssvessccsesssessssnseesssesderessee ses ANZO50 FINAZOSOINSELS istics cteisessersaroeptsivas ons 5 13 Scan VXI Chassis for 2050 S icccccccccsssseeeeeeeseesees Ee 5 14 Find VXI Instrument EE 5 15 Query Revision Number an2050_ rewieion uerk EE 5 16 Hardware Revision Ouer an2050 HWREVQUCEY ege deeg 5 17 Verify Manufacturer and Model ID an O30 VEPLTY LD anit ne anh neni iets 5 18 Output Manufacturer and Model Ids 000005 an 050 VALENS ELE eege Ee 5 19 Check if Valid or Invalid Session ANZO50 INVALLASSSS1 OM ieceisiessestsscaecassadernceveseses 5 20 SINT 5 21 ReSet th 2050 neen egee ts saesdeveessessiasietaaa cesses ANZOSO FOSS srsscyecessivieciassisnevscts rrie eE s iaai 5 21 Reset ANd Test scscsssssecsissciasssssciecvossteeses serieesoess an2050 ChesetNilest cece cnseseeeeseeeeeeney 5 22 Eed ee ANZODO CLOSE reire e rin nn T E 5 23 Close All 2050AS vs sisieisasetsssaatasiteatseesaeaieisiaaeises ANZ050 CLOSCALL sscscosucsscssstesseavsossiemsveixeestanstyess 5 24 WAVEFORM C RPATION EE 5 25 Standard Wavefof MS posessin
91. 50A is installed in a DP7040 2 or DP7020 2 2 8 chassis 1 Connect from Output1A to a scope of your choice 2 Verify the communications connection from the Host PC to the chassis e TCP IP cable 3 Power ON the chassis 4 The DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel SFP will be used to verify that the instrument is functioning properly From the Start Menu open the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel From the Initialization panel select the desired communication layer Select Platinum and Click Find Instruments From the Available Modules table highlight the DBS2050A instrument listed and click OK On the Waveforms panel click the Load Wave button to accept all default settings The waveform name displays in the Loaded Waveforms table Click the Quick Run button When the Quick Run pop up panel displays click OK to accept the default settings The DBS2050A should now be producing an 18 75MHz 1Vp p sine waveform out of Output A DBS2050A Preparation and Installation 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Calibration Factory Calibration User Calibration DBS2050A User Manual During initialization the VXIplug amp play driver applies calibration corrections automatically to the module However there may be times when it is necessary to re calibrate the unit for example if there has been a drastic change in temperature
92. 50sync n2050 SUnloadAllSeqs n2050 SUndefRunParms n2050 SUndefRunParms 2055N2050sync n2050 SUndefSeg n2050 SUndefSeg 2055N2050sync n2050 SUndefSeq n2050 SUndefSeq 2055N2050sync n2050 SUndefAllDefs H D D D D D D D D D D D an2050_ SUnloadWaveform This function unloads the specified waveform from Waveform Memory by calling an2050 MUnloadWaveform and also performs housekeeping work for the Sequencer Manager i e undefines the segments and sequences that use this waveform and unloads the currently loaded sequences that use this waveform from Sequence Memory Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SUnloadWaveform ViSession vi ANTID wavelD int mode an2050_SUnloadWaveform Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A wavelD Specifies the ID of the waveform to be unloaded An invalid ID cause error return and nothing is done If ALL waveforms are to be unloaded use 0 mode Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not unload return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and unload the waveform lt OUTPUT gt None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 105 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User
93. 55 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 17 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Verify Manufacturer and Model ID an2050_verifyID This function verifies that the manufacturer ID and model code of the opened instrument are the same as those of the DBS2050A Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_verifyID ViSession theSession an2050_verifyID Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt theSession ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values Returned error codes may be passed into an2050_errorMessage for the description of the error 5 18 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Output Manufacturer and Model Ids DBS2050A User Manual an2050_vVxIInstrID This function returns the Manufacturer ID bit 0 to bit 11 of VXI ID Register in mfrID and model ID VXI Device Type Register in modelID of the VXI instrument specified by vi Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_VXIInstr
94. 6 Specifies that the ithSeg segment in sequence seqID is the segment to branch to ithSeg 1 for the 1 segment ithSeg 2 for the 2 segment and so on m1 int 0 Turn marker 1 OFF for all segments 1 Turn marker 1 ON for all segments 2 Turn marker 1 ON or OFF according to m1Array All other values cause AN2050_SEINVPARM error return m2 int 0 Turn marker 2 OFF for all segments 1 Turn marker 2 ON for all segments 2 Turn marker 2 ON or OFF according to m2Array All other values cause AN2050_SEINVPARM error return m3 int 0 Turn marker 3 OFF for all segments 1 Turn marker 3 ON for all segments 2 Turn marker 3 ON or OFF according to m3Array All other values cause AN2050_SEINVPARM error return 5 122 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual m1Array char This parameter is used only if m1 is 2 otherwise it is ignored When used each element specifies whether marker 1 of the corresponding Segment e m1Array 0 specifies the first segment m1Array 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the to
95. 8 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Undefine All Definitions an2050_SUndefAllDefs This function clears all definitions This function renders branch vectors invalid Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SUndefAllDefs ViSession vi int level int mode an2050_SUndefAllDefs Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A level int Specifies definitions to be undefined Valid range is 1 3 invalid values cause error return and nothing done 1 Specifies that ALL defined sequences are to be undefined 2 Specifies that ALL defined segments are to be undefined This by definition also undefines ALL sequences 3 Specifies that ALL defined run parameters are to be undefined This by definition also undefines ALL segments and sequences mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not undefine return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and undefine all requested lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seqlD is invalid an2050_SEINVPARM Invalid ID i e parmID is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled 5 116 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE
96. 8 977 6814 E mail T amp M_info analogic com Our T amp M Applications Engineers work with you to solve your problem If the unit needs to be returned to the factory the engineers refer you to our Customer Service Office Vii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Contents PROPRIETARY STATEMENT isrener a a EE EE II WARRANT cet E saesreran al acat echt a side sti elles at at sducieeie ea ttanwabareuaaeaae Syacaevemiesaesswaenaal baraaeores I SATTI PRT CAUTION ecean E IV SALES SUPPORT e E E Megatheeh cel oee cet hs chit bdedu ites ene tie eed ta VII LOCHHICOlASSISIANCE oc scecasesscessivecvasndunsebscdeisiuseteaeces cuss ineuseeleagissideasusssisedsestiecsecisleddesstesedeies E EREE EEA vii 1 DN TRODU e 8 LO Iy BE 1 1 SCOPE OF THE MANUAL cssssesscsacvecssancennsicnctecsssiievunyccnsvecssonivana cansvessentuntea Eed AEN dEEEE EE EENEG dE 1 1 RELATED MANUALS ios csss iascesetccnsteveconvesenccncvnavseudnnes satesane senuunensceevees sancensoeczeteesseneugen desvieeesetivestickecnssecodeeensbicnereen sents 1 1 DBS2050A OVERVIEW ici eege Eege ENEE Eed AER EES dE EEN 1 1 2 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 0 sssssssssssssssssscsssssessssssersscsensssesesosssesssssseserscescesesssessesssesenseesess 2 1 OVER VIB W ee EE 2 1 ee Le 2 1 HARDWARE DP ORITION 2 2 Front Panel i522 esses nes Ee EE Edge 2 2 LOGICAL Address euenien rer a e ea a a A E A
97. 80 128 is not a legitimate value for an2050 the last value of the data data will be use to pad All other bits are not used and should be set to 0 for future compatibility maxPts ANTINT32 This is used only if padMode is in effect and bits 15 and 14 of padMode is 10 When in use this parameter specifies the maximum number of points of the waveform Set this to 0 if the default maximum number of points currently 8 meg is to be used mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform data The Sequencer remains disabled when this function returns lt OUTPUT gt tPts ANTINT32 The total number of data points of the waveform actually loaded into waveform data memory wavelDmaster ANTID wavelDmaster is the waveform ID for the newly loaded waveform data of the Master unit wavelDslave ANTID wavelDslave is the waveform ID for the newly loaded waveform data of the Slave unit lt RETURN gt ViStatus VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid else return error value 5 46 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Support Calculate Total Points DBS2050A User Manual an2050 CCalcTPts Given the nu
98. 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Run Time Parameters Differential Offset Filters DBS2050A User Manual The DBS2050A allows the gain and offset to be changed over the full range on a segment by segment basis while the waveform is being output Each waveform segment has parameters for gain and offset of each channel These are called Run Time Parameters A user specifies one or more sets of Run Time Parameters and then associates one set with each Segment When a Sequence is run the Run Time Parameters associated with each Segment in that Sequence are used to control the gain and offset Refer to the Creating and Running Waveform Sequences section for information on creating sequences In Single Channel Mode with Differential output Differential Offset may be applied The Differential Offset value is defined below If the output mode is other than Differential this value set is stored until the output mode is changed to Differential at which time it takes effect DiffOffset V Specifies the desired differential offset Valid range 2 0V Three low pass filters plus a no filter flat response setting are provided to reduce D A aliases and to remove high frequencies The filters are three pole Bessel filters The settings are e No Filter or Flat Frequency response e 200 MHz cutoff e 20 MHz cutoff e 2 MHz cutof
99. AEE E a S KREERTE AR 3 Ree 4 WAVEFORM SEGMENT SEQUENCING BRANCHING AMPLITUDE MARKERS 5 CGALIBRATION E 6 SOFTWARE getest eege eege Eege 6 ee 6 ENVIRONMENTAL seecae roemenie RE re eege E Des yasuacait ba E RE EE E EEE E EE EE REEE EREE 6 NON OPERATIONAL SHOCK amp VIBRATION ENNEN T MTBE ECK E ER T EMC IMMUNITY EE T CONDUCTED BEL 7 RADIATED EMISSIONS cirsio ar ER AEREE ERE e E AREER E AE EE O KRETE 8 SAFETY R E RANE E A NA A N EAA E E R E A cans 8 POWER EE 8 PHYSICA NEE 8 APPENDIX B PRE COMPENSATION OPTION FOR DBS20504A csscssssssssessssssssssecssecssecssessesseesseesseessees 1 OVERVIEW E 1 CONTENTS ics cos scicessssncatessessqivasecohdotsadebesutescent onavends souacesseveustbvecutevassbsvueleessnsvas Ea E ANE A EEEE aE RE 1 INSTALLATION E 2 Software Components cccccecceceesceseeseeseeseeecseeecceescesecsessecssesecaesesececsecaeceeeecaceesenseeaecaeseeeacecseeaeceseeaeeeeeesneeerenees 2 Pre compensation Library oseere morenen e EEA E A EEE A EEE EO EEE EE EE EEE 2 Pre compensation Correction Data from Floppy Diet 2 Hardware Tnstallati th niese eanan E RA E E E AREA EE NEE 3 PRE COMPENSATION THEORY sorsien eree e EEA R E EAE AS E Ea EAEE EE TE E EEEE E ge 4 Prezcompensation Library iccccccccccccsccsceescsseescnsesscesecseesecaeeescsceeceaesseesecaeesecacecseeaessessecaeesecaeseeesaeaaeeeesaesseeaeeaeeeeeaaeers 4 Theory of Operation The Process of Dre compeneogtion 4 FREQUENCY RESPONSE CORRECTION INPUT PRE COMPENSAT
100. CLOCK These are used to provide clock synchronization between modules on the DBS2055 and are not used on the DBS2050A EXT amp REF CLOCK INPUT Clock input is used to provide an external sample clock Ref clock is used to provide an external reference clock ADVANCE AND BRANCH TRIGGER These inputs are used to provide advance and branch trigger MARKER 1 3 OUT These are TTL marker outputs used to provide timing signals synchronized to the waveform output The status lights represent the following ACTIVE When this light is lit it indicates that the Sequencer is in RUN mode Either a waveform is running or is waiting to be triggered SYSTEM PASS FAIL When this light is lit it indicates that the unit is powered up and has initialized successfully If an error occurs upon startup or when an attempt to communicate with the host has failed this light will be red Figure 2 DBS2050A Front Panel 2 2 DBS2050A Preparation and Installation 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Logical Address DBS2050A User Manual The Branch Vector connector allows the input of a Branch Vector ID This Branch Vector ID is used to identify which pre defined Branch Sequence will be branched to upon a Branch Trigger event Table 1 Front Panel 15 Pin Control Connector Registers in VXI Bus devices are located in the A16 address space
101. Continuation of Family Trees Introduction Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Abbreviations and Symbols Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation Various abbreviations and symbols are used throughout this Addendum and in the separate instruction manuals They are explained when first used However a consolidated listing of these terms is included in each document Abbreviation Meaning A D Analog to Digital Converter See also ADC ADC Analog to Digital Converter ARB Arbitrary waveform See also AWG AWG Arbitrary Waveform Generator CPCI Compact PCI D A Digital to Analog Converter See also DAC DAC Digital t0 Analog Converter DIG Digitizer G S s Giga samples per second GHz Giga Hertz 10 cycles per second unit of frequency GPIB General Purpose Instrument Bus K S s Kilo samples per second KHz Kilo Hertz 1000 cycles per second unit of frequency M S s Mega samples per second MHz Mega Hertz 1 000 000 cycles per second unit of frequency NARB Non Arbitrary Waveform PCB Printed Circuit Board RS232 IEEE standard for serial I O SFP Soft Front Panel 1394 IEEE standard for Fire Wire interface Introduction Artisan Technology Group Quality Inst rumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 5 Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation Book
102. DefineSeg ViSession vi ANTID wavelID ANTID parmID ANTINT16 loopMode ANTID segID an2050_SDefineSeg Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A wavelD ANTID WavelD is the ID of the waveform data to be associated with the segment being defined parmID ANTID ParmID is the ID of the run parameters to be associated with the segment being defined parmID may be obtained by a call to an2050_SDefineRunParms loopMode ANTINT16 Variable Type Specifies the loop mode and loop count Set to 49152 sets both bits below bit 15 Repeating If this bit is set the loop count bits 0 11 is Loop enable ignored The segment repeats until Advance to next segment trigger occurs If this bit is clear and bit 14 is clear the segment repeats the number of times specified in loop count If this bit is clear and bit 14 is set the segment repeats until the advance trigger occurs or the end of loop count is reached whichever happens first bit 14 Advance If this bit is clear advance trigger is ignored Trigger enable If this bit is set see above OR any integer number Number of loops to be repeated for the loop count segment bitO bit1 1 Only valid if bit 15 is clear otherwise ignored To avoid a trapping condition make sure that if bit 15 is set that bit 14 is not set
103. External Sample Clock e Internal When the Internal Sample Clock is used the DBS2050A will calculate a sample rate for use as close to the desired sample rate specified as possible e External When an External clock is specified the Sample rate specified is assumed to be the External Clock s rate as well as the desired sampling rate Sample Rate Specify a desired sample rate Valid range is 600Hz to 2 4GHz in Single Channel Mode if Internal is selected 100KHz to 2 4GHz if External is selected Valid range is 600Hz to 1 2GHz in Dual Channel Mode If an External Sample Clock is used the Reference Clock must be internal this selection is automatic and the Reference Clock source is disabled If the Internal Sample Clock is selected either an internal or external Reference Clock can be used Source Select the reference clock source e Internal e External External Freq Hz Specify the frequency of the external reference clock The External Reference Clock frequency may be from 2 5MHz to 100MHz in 2 5MHz steps Note The Internal Reference Clock frequency is always 10MHz and is shown as a display only field on this panel for information purposes DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Main Trigger Mode Select the trigger mode Options are Free Run Default Start On Tri
104. Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel User Calibration The DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel application is an easy to use utility that allows the user to control the DBS2050A hardware The SFP is also provided as an example for users creating their own applications The SFP allows the user to quickly create and run standard and arbitrary waveforms and waveform Sequences The DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel application controls all major functions provided in the driver except Branch Trigger More about the SFP can be found in the Soft Front Panel Chapter A User Calibration software utility is provided to perform user initiated self calibration of a DBS2050A This utility is called from the SFP when the Calibrate button is pressed on the Instruments panel Hardware connections to the front panel do not affect DBS2050A user calibration It is useful to perform a user calibration when the working temperature of the module at the user s site is different from the temperature during factory calibration or from the last User Calibration due to different ambient temperature or airflow through the modules The DBS2050A 2055 User Calibration uses an internal ADC to measure the DC outputs of all the channels under all the different output configurations The Gain and Offset errors are then stored in EEPROM These values are subsequently used by the DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play
105. Hz The DBS2050A and DBS2055 are assembled within their own carriers i Without Waveform Precompensation Installed With Waveform Precompensation Installed Instrument Modules 4 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation 4 2 Features A programmable threshold External Clock can be supplied to each module through front panel connectors labeled CLK1 and CLK2 to control the sample rate An internal PLL based sample clock source can be supplied to each module An external 10MHz reference clock can be supplied to the internal clock A programmable threshold External Trigger is also supplied for each module through front panel connectors labeled TRIG1 and TRIG2 to initiate activity of that module Any one of eight VXI TTLTRIG lines can be selected as an external back plane trigger These can be used with the Internal or External Clock One of two ECL back plane trigger lines can also be selected Instrument Modules Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Wavesmith Wavesmith Plus Platinum Software Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation 5 Software This section contains descriptions of the major software packages available for use with the Analogic product family of Waveform Generators They are e
106. ID ViSession vi ViPUInt16 mfrID ViPUInt16 modelID an2050_vVxIInstrID Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt mfrlD ViPUInt16 mfrlD is the manufacturer ID modellD ViPUInt16 modellD is the value of the Device Type Register lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VILERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values Returned error codes may be passed into an2050_errorMessage for the description of the error DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 19 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Check if Valid or Invalid Session an2050_invalidSession This function verifies that the input session handle to the instrument is valid Valid sessions are those output by the init function If the session handle is valid the function returns VI SUCCESS if invalid it returns VI ERROR_INV_SESSION Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_invalidSession ViSession vi an2050_invalidSession Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calli
107. ING to indicate that the sequencer is running Stop the sequencer and set the sequence Bits 4 to 7 Specifies action if the sequence is loaded already Use the loaded sequence and ignore the marker definition specified above Use the loaded sequence but use the marker definition as specified above Keep the loaded sequence make a copy of it and load the new sequence with the new marker definition If this is specified and seqIDslave is already loaded the ID of the new sequence copy will be output in seqNewSlave lt OUTPUT gt seqNewMaster ANTID This parameter is the Master Unit ID of the new copy of seqiDmaster if seqlDmaster is already loaded and mode amp 0xf0 0x20 seqNewMaster will be 0 if no new copy of seqiDmaster is created i e seqlDmaster was not loaded when this function was called seqNewMaster is meaningful only if mode Oxf0 0x20 otherwise it contains only garbage seqNewSlave ANTID This parameter is the Slave Unit ID of the new copy of seq Dslave if seqlDslave is already loaded and mode amp 0xf0 0x20 seqNewMaster will be 0 if no new copy of seqlDslave is created i e seqiDslave was not loaded when this function was called seqNewMaster is meaningful only if mode Oxf0 0x20 otherwise it contains only garbage lt RETURN gt VI_SUCCESS if success
108. INVCMD if mode 0 and current trigger source is external Other errors from VXI access possible DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 129 DBS2050A User Manual Marker Set Markers These functions control the marker width mode and delays The following functions are included e an2050 GSetMarker e an2050 GSetMarkerMod e an2050 GConfigMarkers an2050_GSetMarker Note This function is for use with Rev 1 hardware and above This function will return an error if used with Rev 0 hardware This function sets the position and pulse width of the marker specified by index Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetMarker ViSession vi int index ANTINT32 pos ANTINT32 width an2050_GSetMarker Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A index int Specifies the marker being configured Marker 1 Marker 2 Marker 3 pos ANTINT32 Specifies the position of the marker output pulse relative to the start of the segment Range 0 to 65535 If an out of range value is entered and error will be returned To retain the old position enter 1 width ANTINT32 Specifies the width of the marker pulse The effective pulse width will be width 1 32 sam
109. ION CORRECTION DATA ARRAY ssssseseseesseseessreeese 6 SING CORRECTION aces bvsceccssncescosbvacsdaventenenstiosstivsnaveress iisdsavksnesucthssareusiansansbkesstevendnescsbhsacedsbaicesasbbsuadivbeensesbhssedivendeses 6 BANDLIMIT ARRAY seepra A eege EEN EERSTEN 6 HALF ELE 6 IR EN WR e RRE 6 RE SAMPUNG oe A E EE 6 DBS2050A User Manual xiii 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual FANNING WINDOW oe ccicssccstsacsesvesnsiaesevnsvan stnctiaetevievas venasiaesevnsvag EAEEREN EREA ERR E EERE REELE EERE EA ER EREKE EENAA NORMALIZE DG sestren TIME DOMAIN CONVOLUTION PAD TO LOOP TRANSFORM En Pre compensating a Waveform Using the Soft Front Ponel PROGRAMMING NOTES CALLING THE PRE COMPENSATION DL Necessary Fies aire atte co hah esa ct ee Pre compensation Function Prototype cccccccccccesseeescsssceseceeecueceecseeeseeeseeeseeecesecsaecsaesseeeneeeneeeieeeseseresereeneeeaees Parameter Descrintions ssis eitir g tnn E rE E EEE EEEE ESR EEE E EEEE ONTEER EEEE USING THE PRE COMPENSATION LIBRARY cscsssscsssessceessessceessesseeeeesseeeeesseeeseessesensessetensesseeensenssteseessstsneenseteneenees Basic Rule to Follow when Pre compensating a WAVefOTM ccccccccesesseesseescetetseeseeeeeecaseesenseeseeaeceeeenseesenaeeees Example Single Segment Sequence EE One Shot Multiple Segment Sequence Overall Pre COMPensQtiONs eege cassyaas cde aw
110. ISE waveType short Specifies the type of waveform to generate Valid values are WAVCWAVESINE for sine wave WAVCWAVESQUARE for square wave WAVCWAVETRIANGLE for triangle wave WAVCWAVENOISE for noise All other values cause WAVEINVPARM error return lt OUTPUT gt tPts ANTUINT32 The total number of points generated This meets the hardware requirement For 2050 tPts is at least 512 and is a multiple of 32 data ANTINT8 data is the pointer to the waveform data generated Caller needs to free data when no longer needed lt RETURN gt None None None 5 28 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Create Standard Wave T an2050_ CCreateStdWaveT This function uses tPts and nPts which can be obtained by calling WAVCalcTPts or WAVCalcTPtsI to generate the specified waveform data The waveform data generated has nPts points per cycle and tPts total data points Amplitude amp should be between 0 and 1 full scale of dataType for integer data type may be greater than 1 for floating point data types Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CCreateStdWaveT ViSession vi float nPts float amp float phase short waveType ANTUINT32 tPts ANTINTS8
111. If this bit is clear and bit 14 is set the segment repeats until the advance trigger occurs or the end of loop count is reached whichever happens first bit 14 Advance If this bit is clear advance trigger is ignored Trigger enable If this bit is set see above OR any integer number Number of loops to be repeated for the loop count segment bitO bit1 1 Only valid if bit 15 is clear otherwise ignored To avoid a trapping condition make sure that if bit 15 is set that bit 14 is not set to Ignore Advance Trigger Otherwise the segment will run indefinitely until the entire Sequence is terminated DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 83 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual lt OUTPUT gt seqNewMaster ANTID seglDmaster is the ID for the segment just defined in the Master unit seqNewSlave ANTID seglDslave is the ID for the segment just defined in the Slave unit lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e either wavelD or parmID is invalid an2050_SENOMEM Not enough memory If this happens the user can use the Undef functions to free up memory occupied by definitions no longer being used 5 84 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality In
112. Independent marker mode when a segment has markers turned ON the marker pulse will appear at 32 clock periods times the associated marker position set through the function an2050_GConfigMarkers into the segment and if the segment is looped in any way the marker pulse will appear in every loop This function will also cause sequence seqID to be loaded if it is not currently loaded Any invalid parameter causes an error return and nothing is done Behavior of this function varies depending on mode If the sequence is to loop in any way it will loop from the very 1 segment to the last segment after it is run through the first loop from ithSeg to the last segment This function is translated to SsetBranchVectorM vi vector seqID ithSeg 0 0 0 0 0 mode 0x10 to always use the loaded sequence if already loaded and set markers off Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SSetBranchVectorM ViSession vi ANTINT 16 vector ANTID seqID ANTINT 16 ithSeg int m1 int m2 char m1Array char m2Array ANTID seqNew int mode an2050_SSetBranchVectorM Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A vector ANTINT16 Specifies the vector to assign Valid range 0 to 15 all others are invalid and is ignored seqID ANTID Specifies the sequence involved This parameter together with the ithSeg spe
113. Int16 result ViChar _VI FAR mesg an2050_self_test Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt result ViPInt16 ViPInt16 result passed by reference 0 0K TBC others to be specified This parameter returns the value that is passed to it mesg ViChar ViChar _VI_FAR mesg The translated message of the test result lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values 5 12 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Hardware Query Find All 2050 s DBS2050A User Manual These functions find the number and type of instruments check the revision and ID numbers and verify that the session handle is valid The following functions are included n2050 find2050Instrs n2050 scanChassis n2050 findVxXIInstrs a a a a a a a a n2050 revisionQuery n2050 HWRevQuery n2050 verifyID n2050 VXIInstrID n2050 invalidSession an2050_find2050Instrs This function finds all DBS2050A instruments See also the description for an2050_scanChassis Function Prototype ViStatus an2
114. J If there are fewer than nSeqs sequences loaded only the first nSeqsOut elements of the array seq Ds will be valid lt OUTPUT gt seqIDs ANTID This buffer contains the IDs of loaded sequences Size of this buffer must be at least nSeqs nSeqsOut ANTUINT16 nSeqsOut is the number of sequences loaded lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 137 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Get Loaded Waves an2050_ SGetLoadedWaves This function gets the IDs of all loaded waveforms The user may use an2050_ SGetNumWavesLoaded to get the total number or sequences loaded and then allocate memory for wavelDs and then call this function Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SGetLoadedWaves ViSession vi ANTUINT16 nWaves ANTID wavelDs ANTUINT16 nWavesOut an2050_SGetLoadedWaves Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init nWaves ANTUINT16 Specifies the size of the array wavesIDs If there are more than nWaves waveforms loaded only the IDs of the most recently defined nWaves of loaded waveforms will be output in wavelDs If there are few
115. KE an 2050 CSetCRUNTLiIgGMode weet 5 117 Set Trigger Level ANZO50 CSCETLIGLSVEL oo ccetscsesticssestescerestasentess 5 119 EE 5 120 Set Advance Trigger Mode an2050 G etAdueancefr ioaMode 5 120 Trigger Advance Trigger an2050 GPELG GSP eerror trn rE SE 5 121 Eege EE 5 122 Set Branch Vector with Marke an2b0 G ertbBranobVectorMN 5 122 Set Branch Vector ar REER an2050_ SSetCBranChVe Ct OL eects 5 124 Set Branch Vector with Marke an t0b0 G ertbBrancohVectorh EE 5 125 Set Branch Vector SOUrCE cssccccccsssscccessssceeennees AN2Z050_ GrancbhVeotor ro EE 5 127 Set Branch Trigger Mode an2050_ GSetBranChTrigMode woe 5 128 Trigger Branch Trigger cscccscccssccusccesceesceseenees AN2ZO 50 CTELG GST rer heeidi 5 129 EE Ee 5 130 KE an 2050 GSetMark ef seseenevenrenrrseniee 5 130 Set Marker Mode ANNE an2050 G etMarkerhode esscr 5 131 Configure Markers ssssssssesssssesssssrssssesssssrssessses an2050 GGontioharkers 5 132 INFORMATIONAL EE E eer eee ener er er ner 5 133 xii DBS2050A User Manual 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Query Number of Segments Available 0000008 an2050 eer reegt EA ars 5 133 Query Waveform Data Memory Available AN2050 SWaVEMEMAVALL oo eect tenets tees 5 134 Get Sequence Information ccscccseceesceeecneeeeees ANZOSO SGetSEgIn Osise e aa 5 135 Get Segments in Aegience nec eene
116. Manual Unload Waveform for DBS2055 an2050_SUnloadWaveform_2055N2050sync This function unloads the specified waveform from waveform data memory and also performs housekeeping work for the Sequence Manager unloads the sequences that use this waveform and are currently loaded from Sequencer Memory Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SUnloadWaveform_2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTID wavel Dmaster ANTID wavelDslave int mode an2050_SUnloadWaveform_ 2055N2050sync Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode wavelDmaster ANTID The Master unit ID of the waveform to be unloaded An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored wavelDslave ANTID The Slave unit ID of the waveform to be unloaded An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not undefine return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and undefine the run parameters lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e segID is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i
117. N ViSession vi ANTID waveID ANTINT32 numPts ANTUINT16 padModel ANTUINT16 padMode2 ANTINT32 maxPts ANTINT32 tPts ANTINTS8 wavel ANTINTS8 wave2 int mode an2050_SLoadDualChnlWave2N Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A numPts ANTINT32 Specifies number of data points in each of the waveform data arrays wave and wave2 padMode1 ANTUINT16 Bit 8 of this parameter specifies the data format of wave1 and the LSB of padMode 1 All other bits are in effect only if numPts is smaller than 512 the minimum number of points for a waveform required by the DBS2050A unit or is not a multiple of 16 the modulus size of the DBS2050A for each waveform in dual channel mode When in effect the interpretation of this parameter is as follows Bits 15 and 14 Specify the padding mode of wave1 Repeat Mode Instructs the driver to repeat the waveform data until it meets the 512 minimum number of points and the multiple of 32 requirements If these requirements can t be met on complete cycles within the specified maximum number of points maxPts the driver will pick the best fit that has at least 512 points The total number of points actually loaded into the Waveform Memory is output in tPts Pad Mode Instructs the driver to pad the waveform data with the value specified in bit 0 to bit 7 of pa
118. NG Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 75 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set Sequence Start Sequencer with Markers an2050_SSetSeqM Note This function applies to Rev 0 Hardware only This function loads the specified sequence into the Sequencer Memory if not already loaded sets the desired markers as specified by m1 m2 m1 Array and m2Array and enables the running of the sequence In independent marker mode when a Segment has marker s turned on enabled the marker pulse appears at 32 clock periods times the associated marker position set through the function an2050_GConfigMarkers into the segment and if the segment is looped in any way the marker pulse appears in every loop If there is not enough memory to load the sequence an error is returned This function is translated to SsetSeqM vi seqID 0 0 0 0 0 mode 0x10 to always use the loaded sequence if already loaded and to always set markers OFF Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SSetSeqM ViSession vi ANTID seqID int m1 int m2 char m1Array char m2Array ANTID seqNew int mode an2050_SSetSeqM Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the sele
119. NTS8 datal ANTUINT16 padMode ANTINT32 maxPts ANTINT32 tPts ANTID wavelDmaster ANTID wavelDslave int mode an2050_SLoadWaveformN_ 2055 Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master unit This is obtained by calling an2050_SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This is obtained by calling an2050_SetInstrumentMode numPts ANTINT32 The total number of data points in data This must be at least 1024 and be a multiple of 64 data ANTINT8 The waveform data Array size is numPts Note Single channel has been set internally because the DBS2055 only allows Single Channel waveform data The data format is an2050 format i e OxO 128 0x1 127 0x7f 1 Ox80 0 Oxff 127 padMode ANTUINT16 Specifies how padding should be done Bit 8 of this parameter specifies the data format of data and the LSB of padMode All other bits are in effect only if numPts is smaller than 1024 the minimum number of points for a waveform required by the DBS2055 or is not a multiple of 64 the modulus size of DBS2055 When in effect the interpretation is as follows Bits 15 and 14 specify the padding mode of data 10 Instructs the driver to repeat the waveform data until it meets the 1024 minimum number of p
120. NTS8 wave2 int mode an2050_SLoadDualChnlWave2 Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A numPts ANTINT32 Specifies the number of data points in each of the waveform data arrays wave and wave2 wave1 ANTINT8 Specify the waveform data arrays to be merged to form the dual channel wave2 waveform When running this newly created waveform in dual channel mode wave1 data is output to Channel 1 and wave data is output to Channel 2 mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform lt OUTPUT gt wavelD ANTID Outputs the wave ID for the newly created dual channel waveform lt RETURN gt 0 if OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 39 DBS2050A User Manual Load Dual Channel Wave N an2050_SLoadDualChnlWave2N This function merges 2 waveform data wavel and wave2 to form waveform data for dual channel use and loads the resulting waveform data to waveform data memory The resulting wavelID is the ID for the combined waveform data for dual channel use Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SLoadDualChn1Wave2
121. PARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqID may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeqInfo 5 76 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual mode int Bits 0 to 3 Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not set return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and set the sequence Bits 4 to 7 Specifies action if the Sequence is loaded already Use the loaded sequence ignore the marker definition specified in m1 m2 m1Array and m2Array Use the loaded one but change the marker definition to that specified in the above variables Keep the loaded one make a copy of it and load the new one with the new marker definition If this is specified and sel is already loaded the ID of the new copy of seqID is output in seqNew The new sequence is loaded lt OUTPUT gt seqNew ANTID seqNew is the ID of the new copy of seqID if seqID is already loaded and mode amp 0xf0 0x20 seqNew is 0 if no new copy of the seqID is created e seqlD was not loaded when this function was called seqNew is meaningful only if mode amp 0xf0 0x20 otherwise it contains only garbage lt RE
122. Parameters for DBS2055 an2050_SUndefRunParms_2055N2050sync This function is used to remove the run parameters identified by parmID master and slave from memory This action causes all segments and sequences that reference this parmID to also be undefined and if they are currently loaded in the Sequencer Memory they are unloaded Since Sequencer Memory is not accessible when running this command will not be executed if the Sequencer is running unless mode indicates otherwise see below Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SundefRunParms_2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTID parmIDmaster ANTID parmIDslave int mode an2050_SundefRunParms 2055N2050sync Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode parmIDmaster ANTID The Master unit ID of the run parameters to be undefined An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored parm Dslave ANTID The Slave unit ID of the run parameters to be undefined An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored mode Int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not undefine return an2050_SES
123. Parameters just defined lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SENOMEM Not enough memory If this happens the user can use the undefine functions e g an2050_SUndefSeg to free memory occupied by definitions no longer used DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 103 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Define Run Time Parameters for DBS2055 an2050_SDefineRunParms_ 2055 This function registers a set of Run Time Parameters for later use mainly in defining segment and or sequence with a DBS2055 If an Out of memory error occurs use Undefine commands to free some memory used by obsolete parameter segment or sequence definitions Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_ SDefineRunParms_ 2055 ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTFLOAT attenl ANTFLOAT atten2 ANTFLOAT offset1 ANTFLOAT offset2 ANTID parmIDmaster ANTID parmIDslave an2050_SDefineRunParms_ 2055 Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode atten1 ANTFLOAT The atten
124. Plan 1 6 The remaining chapters in this Addendum are Chapter 2 Platforms containing descriptions of features and of mechanical physical and performance specifications common to the available platforms It also includes the features unique to each platform in the family Chapter 3 Carriers containing descriptions of features and of mechanical physical and performance specifications common to the available carriers It also includes the features unique to each carrier in the family Chapters 4 Instrument Modules containing descriptions of the instruments that are currently available for installation in a designated carrier It includes mechanical physical and performance specifications common to the instruments as well as the distinctive features of each Chapter 5 Software containing descriptions of the available software packages for generating test waveforms and for measuring responses It contains a brief description of the standard and optional software available for bech test systems and for VXI compatible test systems Chapter 6 Applications containing configurations that may be assembled for typical waveform generating and waveform digitizing systems It includes illustration of the family tree as previously illustrated in Figure 1 for a typical application specific system Introduction Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General
125. Prototype ViStatus an2050_SGetNumWavesLoaded ViSession vi ANTUINT16 nWaves an2050_SGetNumWavesLoaded Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt nWaves ANTUINT16 nWavesg is the total number of waveforms loaded lt RETURN gt None None None 5 140 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Get State DBS2050A User Manual an2050_ SgetState This function returns the state of the sequencer The sequencer has three states e ruming e idling e calibrating Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SGetState ViSession vi ANTINT32 state an2050_SGetState Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A lt OUTPUT gt state ANTINT32 Returns the current state of the DBS2050A 0 Sequencer is disabled 1 Sequencer running 2 Sequencer is Idle 3 DBS2050A is in calibration process lt RETURN gt 0 if OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 141
126. QNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and undefine the run parameters lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e parmID is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 111 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Undefine Segment an2050_ SUndefSeg This function is used to remove the segment identified by segID from Sequencer memory This will also cause the sequences that reference this segID to be undefined and if they are currently loaded in Sequencer Memory they are unloaded Since Sequencer Memory is not accessible when running this command will not be executed if the Sequencer is running unless mode indicates otherwise see below Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SUndefSeg ViSession vi ANTID segID int mode an2050_SUndefSeg Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A segID ANTID Specifies the ID of the segment to be undefined An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not undefine return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and un
127. RIGINALTEILE BEN UTZEN UND DIE EINHEIT NICHT ANDERN Es sind nur Originalteile einzubauen und ohne Erlaubnis darf keine Anderung an der Einheit vorgenommen werden Zur Wartung und Reparatur ist die Einheit an Analogic zur ckzusenden damit die Beibehaltung der Sicherheitseigenschaften gew hrleistet ist vi DBS2050A User Manual 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Sales Support Technical Assistance DBS2050A User Manual 82 5126 Rev 03 DBS2050A User Manual If this product fails to operate satisfactorily upon arrival contact one of the following to arrange for an exchange e Your Analogic dealer e Test and Measurement Division T amp M Order Entry at Analogic Peabody MA 01960 Tel 978 977 3000 Ext 3840 or 3844 FAX 978 977 6818 Upon contacting Order Entry you will be given a Return Material Authorization RMA number The RMA number is your authorization number Note Please write this number along with the product s serial number on your purchase order and shipping label Send all authorized returns to Analogic Corporation 8 Centennial Drive Peabody MA 01960 Attn Receiving Dock A RMA Serial Number For technical assistance contact Analogic s Test and Measurement Division T amp M Applications Engineering Phone 978 977 3000 Ask for Extension or x 3260 or x 3232 800 446 8936 Fax 97
128. Resolution lt 0 4 of desired frequency Po Internal clock accuracy 2PPM typ 5PPM max Requires 15 minute warm up after selecting internal clock to achieve specified accuracy Clock Jitter lt 10 ps RMS Hi speed and DIVA divider Internal clock only Measurement Window 100 ns lt 20 ps RMS DIVB divider External Reference Clock Frequency 2 5MHz to 100MHz in 2 5MHz 1 steps Single ended input Input Range External Reference Clock Input AC coupled to 500 Impedance External Reference Clock Input Voltage 8Vp p to 2Vp p Sine 10MHz Range 5Vp p to 2Vp p Square wave Slew Rate 2 5V ns External Clock Frequency Range 100kHz to 2 4 GHz Single ended input External Clock Input Impedance AC coupled to 500 ise ee External Clock Input Voltage Range 8Vp p to 2Vp p Min Slew Rate 2 5V ns DBS2050A Appendix A 1 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Output Signal Characteristics Tite sd Specification Notes Output mode configurations Single Channel Mode Max clock 2 4Gs s Channel 1 differential X1 Channel 1 single ended X1 Channel 1 single ended X4 Max clock 1 2Gs s Dual Channel Mode Channel 1 single ended X1 X4 Channel 2 single ended X1 X4 Max Waveform Amplitude Single ended X1 1 Volt pk pk Differential X1 2 Volt pk pk Single ended X4 4 Volt pk pk Low Frequency Waveform Amplitude 2 of se
129. Session The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt driver_rev ViChar MI EAR Buffer to receive revision of the instrument driver Size of buffer must be at least 20 bytes instr_rev ViChar MI EAR Buffer to receive revision of the instrument firmware Size of buffer must be at least 20 bytes For DBS2050A hw_rev 1 this is Not Available lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VILERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values 5 16 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Hardware Revision Query an2050_ HWRevQuery This function returns the hardware revision of the instrument Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_HWRevQuery ViSession vi ViChar_VI_FAR hw_rev an2050_HWRevQuery Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt hw_rev ViChar VI EAR Buffer to receive the hardware revision of the instrument Size of buffer must be at least 20 bytes lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values DBS2050A 20
130. TE the unit and generate new calibration values Click Start At the end of the calibration click OK in the Calibration is Complete window A current temperature reading of the instrument may be obtained by clicking the Read Temperature button The current reference temperature within the module displays in the table 4 6 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Show Details When the Show Details button is pressed on the Instruments panel information is revealed about the DBS205A including serial number and calibration information see below D 08S2050A 2055 Arbitrary Waveform Generator oxi ANALOGICE DBS2050A 2 4GSa s Single 2050A Mode E gend Instruments Signal Path Controls Waveforms Segments SeQuence signati Logical Address Initial Temp C Current Temp C DBS20504 serial number 4140741 Output board serial number KOO5HYB9 Output board revision number 02G Digital board serial number KO05 928 Digital board revision number 02M Calibration date 12 10 01 Calibration procedure revision number 004 Calibration procedure document number 0646004 Date of last user calibration 1 3 02 Temperature at last user calibration 54 Channel mode Hep Driver function an2050_GGetClockFreq Warnings Sequencer Idle Figure 11 Instruments Panel Show Details
131. TURN gt 0 if OK VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seqlD is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled an2050_VERSIONMISMATCH if hardware is Rev 0 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 77 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Stop Sequencer an2050_SStopSeq This function stops the Sequencer if it is currently running The software clears the Run Sequencer Enable bit to stop the Sequencer Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SStopSeq ViSession vi an2050_SStopSeq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK 5 78 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Copy Sequence an2050_SCopySeq This function copies the sequence seqID to form a new sequence and outputs the ID of the new sequence in seqNew This function does not load the new sequence Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SCopySeq ViSession vi ANTID seqID ANTID
132. Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Branching DBS2050A User Manual available host memory If the host runs out of memory the user may use Undefine commands to free up the memory occupied by previous definitions The definitions remain in the host memory until they are explicitly undefined by Undefine commands or implicitly undefined by an2050_SUnloadWaveform unloading of waveform data makes all segments and sequences using this waveform invalid and the definitions of these segments and sequences are removed from definition list Similarly undefining a run time parameter undefines all segments that use that run time parameter Likewise undefining a segment undefines all sequences that use that segment The loading of a sequence into Segment Memory occurs automatically when the user issues a function call that needs the segment data records to be in the Segment Memory e g an2050_ SSetSeq or an2050_ SSetBranchVector The loaded sequence data stays in the Segment Memory until it is explicitly unloaded by the function an2050_SUnloadSeq or implicitly by functions such as an2050_ SUndefSeq an2050_ SUndefSeg or an2050_ SUnloadWaveform etc When unloading waveform data the entire list of segments is checked to find all the segments that use the waveform data being unloaded For each segment using the w
133. Technology Group is your source for quality Fra op new and certified used pre owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND SERVICE CENTER REPAIRS WE BUY USED EQUIPMENT DELIVERY Experienced engineers and technicians on staff Sell your excess underutilized and idle used equipment TENS OF THOUSANDS OF at our full service in house repair center We also offer credit for buy backs and trade ins IN STOCK ITEMS www artisantg com WeBuyEquipment 7 EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF InstraV ea REMOTE INSPECTION LOOKING FOR MORE INFORMATION MANUFACTURERS Remotely inspect equipment before purchasing with Visit us on the web at www artisantg com 7 for more our interactive website at www instraview com information on price quotations drivers technical LEASING MONTHLY specifications manuals and documentation RENTALS ITAR CERTIFIED EE Contact us 888 88 SOURCE sales artisantg com www artisantg com
134. The shape of the response is Brick wall flat to cut off and then zero above in the frequency domain and having a SINC impulse response For accurate reproduction of the Desired Waveform its frequency spectrum should lie below the 0 5 Fs Any components above the cutoff will be eliminated or aliased As in any sampled system alias components exist These are represented in the frequency domain by a folding of the signal spectrum about the sampling frequency Any Desired Waveform that has frequency components above Nyquist 0 5 Fs will see these components overlapped on the spectrum below Nyquist thus creating errors in the output waveform The DBS2050A is supplied with a reconstruction filter that cuts off just below Nyquist for Fs 2 4GHz This filter is designed to filter out the alias components above Nyquist Sampling Frequency Limitations DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 For optimum performance of the DBS2050A the sample frequency Fs should be 2 4GHz This matches the supplied filter If Fs is lowered then depending on the frequency content of the signal more alias energy will appear in the desired spectrum Any waveform with significant signal frequency content less than 1 2GHz for DBS2050A can be reproduced very accurately using Pre compensation with a sample frequency of 2 4GHz The only reason to reduce the sample frequency would be if the waveform length exceeds the available waveform memory Under this
135. UCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seglIDSrc master or slave is invalid an2050_SEINVPARM Invalid parameter an2050_SENOMEM Not enough memory If this happens the user can use the Undef functions to free up memory occupied by definitions no longer being used 5 88 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Dual Channel Define Dual Channel Segment DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SDefineDualChnlSeg This function defines a segment using the data from two previously loaded waveforms waveID1 and waveID2 The two waveforms must have the same number of points This function creates a new set of waveform data that contains data from waveID1 and waveID2 alternately i e odd numbered data points are from waveID1 and even numbered data points are from waveID2 The newly combined waveform data is placed in Waveform Memory When running waveID1 data is output to channel 1 and waveID2 data is output to channel 2 An error is returned and the function ignored if the two waves do not have the same number of data points Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SDefineDualChn1Seg ViSession vi ANTID wavelID1 ANTID waveID2 ANTID parmID ANTINT16 loopMode ANTID segID ANTID wavelID int mode
136. VENOISE for noise All other values cause WAVEINVPARM error return mode short Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 5 34 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform The total number of points generated This for normal use with the tPts ANTUINT32 AN2050 should be at least 512 and be a multiple of 32 AWCEINVPARM is returned if tPts does not meet this criteria lt OUTPUT gt wavelD ANTID wavelD is the waveform ID assigned to the generated waveform data lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 35 DBS2050A User Manual Arbitrary Waveforms Load Waveform an2050_SLoadWaveform This function loads the waveform data into Waveform Memory A waveform must be loaded into the AN2050 Waveform Memory before it can be used as part of a segment definition If the Waveform Memory is fragmented this function will re arrange if necessary to make room for the waveform data Starting Address is updated for all segments that are currently loaded into Seque
137. Wavesmith and Wavesmith Plus e Platinum e Pre Compensation e Soft Front Panel The basic operations of Wavesmith are Create a blank wave Use various Wavesmith tools to customize the wave for a particular design or test function in a format which is compatible with a particular arbitrary waveform generator Save it to a file and or transfer it to the waveform generator and Perform basic analysis on streams of data Wavesmith Plus is project oriented Using object icons of Wavesmith Plus the programmer can set up a system of processing incoming data and store that system as one of the computer program modules Platinum is a firmware device containing interfacing protocols that convert incoming electrical signals to and from VXI compatible format The I O formats that are converted in Platinum are e JEEE1394 Fire Wire e RS232 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation e Ethernet 10T 100T Pre Compensation The Pre Compensation software package operates on the frequency components of a generated waveform to provide an essentially flat frequency distribution out to a selected 3 dB point This enables the test stimulus to stress the UUT Unit Under Test with equal levels throughout the frequency range Soft Front Panel 5 2 The Soft Front Panel provides a GUI capability with which to develop and program
138. _SEINVID Invalid ID i e seqlD is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled an2050_VERSIONMISMATCH if hardware is Rev 0 5 74 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Set Sequence Start Sequencer DBS2050A User Manual an2050_ SSetSeq This function loads the specified sequence into the Sequencer Memory if not already loaded and enables the running of the sequence If there is not enough memory to load the sequence an error is returned This function is translated to SSetSeqM vi SeqID 0 0 0 0 0 mode 0x10 to always use the loaded sequence if already loaded and set markers off Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SSetSeq ViSession vi ANTID seqID int mode an2050_SSetSeq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A seqID ANTID Specifies the ID of the sequence to be run An invalid ID causes an error return mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not set return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and set the sequence lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seqlD is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNI
139. _SUndefSeq ViSession vi ANTID seqID int mode an2050_SUndefSeq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A seqID ANTID Specifies the ID of the sequence to be undefined An invalid ID cause this command to be ignored mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not undefine return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and undefine the sequence lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seqID is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled 5 114 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Undefine Sequence for DBS2055 DBS2050A User Manual an2050 SUndefSeq 2055N2050sync This function is used to remove the segment identified by seqID master and slave from memory This action also causes all sequences that reference this seqID to be undefined and if they are currently loaded in the Sequencer Memory they are unloaded Since Sequencer Memory is not accessible when running this command will not be executed if the Sequencer is running unless mode indicates otherwise see below Although leaving behind too many useless
140. a anea AE aeaee EEGs 2 3 e 2 3 424 432 Communications oo ccccccccccscesceesceeecenseeeeeeaeeeseeeseeeeeseeesesesecaecsaecsaecseeeseeeseeeseeeseeseeeseseseseseseenseenseeneeeseees 2 4 HARDWARE INSTALLATION EE 2 5 Cooling and Power Reatirenment tete tts istit istare tists tt ists testststtntsts resister ents 2 5 Installing the Module into a Chassis 2 5 Extracting the Module from a Chassis 2 6 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION sessescceeseescestssescesesvesegstesasceeesvestevesscscesesvesegstssascd ees vestavts noses ERER E TEER TER E NRR 2 6 Computer REQUIFEMENIS crassis n EEEE AE E NE E wanes A EEE EEEIEE 2 6 HEN eie e E A E E EAE E ERE E NE E 2 6 Installing the DBS2050A Sofware erinrar a O a a Re EE E EE A E EEEE as 2 6 Installing Wayesmith Zeeche aeee eraio a EE EEE AE eege a EEEE E ES 2 7 Pre compensati oi OPO acces nj coseedapdndeeneatessnadunsesnesaea anene erpin EEN E ea a EEEN ENERE E EE ERTEAN ERNES 2 7 DBS2050A INSTALLATION VERIFICATION PROCEDURE NISA 2 7 DBS2050A INSTALLATION VERIFICATION PROCEDURE DP7040 2 OR DPI 2 8 CALIBRATION EA A A T AA AT E E E E 2 9 Factory CalibratiOT sirier aeeoe AE t REE EAA SE EE AAEE EENE EE EAEE EEEE 2 9 User EE 2 9 3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION egene Eegen 3 1 CONTROLLING THE DBS 2090A scs csstsccsapsessseesteonssessesdezapotsedsapsescensstepnsinpsssdsuapslstcinrdeonsueptepnciaedtodeasbstpndisndesnsuasaanats 3 1 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel cccccccccccceecceseesceseeseesecueeeecceesceseesesseeseeeeceseseese
141. a host PC through a variety of VXI interfaces The following sections describe the possible system configurations and the steps for installing the DBS2050A software Computer Requirements Any host PC used with this software must meet the following minimum requirements e Pentium processor e 32MBRAM e Windows 98 2000 NT 4 0 Service Pack 3 e 20 MB free hard disk space CD Contents The DBS2050A 2055 CD contains the following DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel DBS2050A User Manual in pdf format DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Runtime engines for Labview and LabWindows if necessary Platinum Communication Layer PCL for use with the Analogic DP7040 2 or DP7020 2 chassis Installing the DBS2050A Software To install the DBS2050A software 1 Insert the DBS2050A 2055 software CD into your CD ROM drive 2 Ifthe installation program does not automatically display Go to My Computer and open whichever drive the CD is in Double click on setup exe 3 In the installation window accept the default destination folder C Vxipnp Winxx DBS2050A 2055 or click the Change button to enter a different path name Click Finish 2 6 DBS2050A Preparation and Installation 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Installing Wavesmith Pre compensation Option DBS2050A User Manual After the installation process is complete close the install script A
142. ads basa vastod hoveds e oddevass EAEE E svbewonaoueaycdstabe cad evbaveddavath Zeg EE Multiple Segment Sequence eeh EE EENS RENE dE Multiple Segment Sequence One Shot with Looping of segments within the Sequence FACTORS AFFECTING ACCURACY i a RN NERA RE RE RR EE EE EE SIGNAL Deele Ae e GENEE SEENEN EE Ed ec REENEN d EE EE xiv DBS2050A User Manual 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual List of Figures and Tables Figure 1 DBS2050A Block Diagram cceessesscsssesceseeeceeeseceeeecsaecscesecaessecseeseceaseeeaecatenecaeeaeenaeeeeeaecaeeeesaeeaeeneees 1 3 Figure 2DBS2050A Front Panel 5 5 c cssiccsucesetssaestssqscnstensscssdssssscbactsncssase okesdnnasasslsectestashiecenessalsbdounvsnstongecstaccness 2 2 Figure 3 S1 Logical Address Switch default Shown cccccecccessceseceecesecseecseeeseeeseeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeseeneaecnaecneeeaeeenes 2 4 Figure 4 A24 A32 Jumper Location and Settings 00 ceececeeceeeecsseeseeseceeesecneeseceaeeeeaecaeesecaessesnaeeeeaeeaeseeeateaeeneees 2 4 Figure 5 Channel Mode Block Dragram tett stuts tuta sESEnEEEES ESE SENESE EEn ta eerste e tetar senet 3 3 Figure 6 DBS2050A Clock Diagram ececesseesscscsercsseeecesecseesecseesecnaeeeenaececeaecaessecaeeseceaeenesaecateaeseeceaeeaeesesaeeaeeneees 3 9 Figure 7 Sequence Creation ME 3 11 Figure 8 Marker Examples siss
143. an Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Pre compensation Algorithm Frequency Response Correction Array 10 MHz Spacing DC to 1 19GHz Apply SINC correction Band Limit Array 0 5 Fs Spectrum J Convert to Time Domain 100ns Impulse response E DC For Single ei Re Sample at Desired Fs SINC Interpolation Apply Ripple Correction Hanning window Normalize DC Time domain convolution with Desired Waveform Desired Waveform pre compensated Waveform DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Frequency Response Correction Input Pre compensation Correction Data Array The Frequency Response Correction input array contains complex data points This array is originated by a Pre compensation Utility program at the factory and shipped to the customer on floppy disk It is the reciprocal of the Frequency Response of the analog section of the DBS2050A its output cable and filter Each data point represents a sampling in the frequency domain starting at DC with a separation as defined by the Input Freq Spacing typically 1OMHz The last point of the array is for a frequency of 1190MHz for the DBS2050A The array can be larger as it is
144. an the defaults Gain 1 and Offset OV is desired and click OK If the waveform has been pre compensated the pre compensated wave will run when Quick Run is selected From File tab field descriptions The From File tab displayed at the bottom of the Waveforms panel is used to import waveform data from an external file Path name The Path name specifies the location of the file The file name may be entered directly Alternately the browse button can be used to locate the file Autoscale checkbox Select Autoscale to scale the waveform data to full scale The data file is examined and then linearly scaled to the full range of the waveform D A prior to loading the waveform If Autoscale is unchecked the data is used directly and must be in the range of 127 to 127 Values outside this range will be clipped DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 4 19 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Segments Panel 4 20 ASCII File Format Requirement The SFP accepts ASCII text files txt file extension containing waveform data in integer format The file should be formatted in a single column of integer data values with a NEWLINE Carriage Return separating the values The Segments panel is used to associate waveforms with specific gain and offset values and to define segment behavior Once Segments are defined they can be u
145. anation of the alleged deficiencies b The product is returned to an Analogic service center at the buyer s expense after making suitable arrangements for performance of service c When the product is returned for repair a copy of the original bill of sale or invoice is sent with the product d Analogic will not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages e Inthe opinion of Analogic upon inspection the product has not been misused altered or damaged due to abnormal handling and or operation f Repairs to the product and or its components have not been made by anyone other than Analogic or one of its authorized repair agents g The product has not been modified altered or changed in any manner by anyone other than Analogic or one of its authorized repair agents THIS WARRANTY EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED ORAL OR WRITTEN INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE No term condition understanding or agreement purporting to modify the terms of this warranty shall have any legal effect unless made in writing and signed by an authorized officer of Analogic and the purchaser DBS2050A User Manual iii 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Safety Precautions Warnings and Cautions The terms WARNING and CAUTION have specifi
146. and Test an2050_CResetNTest This function performs an an2050_reset and memory test This function will stop the Sequencer if it is currently running All loaded waveforms will be destroyed and all segments and sequences will be undefined as a result of unloading all the waveforms Existing Run Time Parameters will be retained Also segment memory will be reset to 0 Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CResetNTest ViSession vi Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values 5 22 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Close 2050 DBS2050A User Manual an2050_ close This function closes the Vi Session vi and frees any memory used by the session with the instrument Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_close ViSession vi an2050_close Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt ViStatus stat
147. are After installation the driver is accessible through any user developed application or through the soft front panel provided Refer to the Pre compensating a Waveform Using the Soft Front Panel section of this Appendix for a description of the pre compensation process Pre compensation Correction Data from Floppy Disk The Pre compensation Correction Data file contained on the supplied floppy disk is unique to the referenced DBS2050A Serial Number Filename coding example 2050 TDS820 Ser Num A143282 txt This indicates that the data supports pre compensation of a DBS2050A Serial Number 143282 The data was obtained using the characteristic response of Model TDS820 DSO Note It is recommended that this file be saved onto the working computer and the floppy be placed into secure storage If you lose your correction data Analogic maintains a database of pre compensation data on all production instruments e Create a folder in C DBS2050A_2055 called Pre comp Data e Copy the correction data txt file from the floppy disk into this folder e Browse to this txt file when prompted by the Soft Front Panel or customer generated application DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Hardware Installation Note The two Pre compensation Filter Cable Assemblies be used to output pre compensate
148. ass o O Output 1A or Gain o O Output 1B Chi Pass Through Control DACs Combiner Ch2 Time Base Generator Programmable Low Pass or Pass Through yO O Output 2A o O__ Output 2B Figure 5 Channel Mode Block Diagram Single Channel Mode Output Configuration In Single Channel Mode waveforms may be generated at sample rates up to 2 4GS s The waveform is produced through CH1 and is accessible from the SMA output connectors on the DBS2050A Front Panel For applications requiring the output of the DBS2050A to be applied to two different DUTs two sets of switched output connectors are provided These are referred to as Head A and B Head A refers to the SMA connectors labeled Output 1A and Output 2A located on the Front Panel of the module Head B refers to the SMA connectors labeled Output 1B and Output 2B located on the Front Panel of the module DBS2050A Functional Description 3 3 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual The output can be Differential or Single ended e Differential CH1 will be sent to Output 1 and CH1 will be sent to Output 2 at the specified Head A or B e Single ended Output 1X or 4X can be sent to Output 1 at the specified Head A or B There is no signal to Output 2 Programming Example Possible Single Channel Mode Configu
149. ave is 2 When used each element specifies whether Marker 1 of the corresponding segment i e m1ArraySlave 0 specifies the first segment m1ArraySlave 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 will cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqIDSlave this may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeqInfo This parameter is ignored if m1Slave is not 2 m2ArraySlave int This parameter is used only if m2Slave is 2 When used each element specifies whether Marker 2 of the corresponding segment i e m2ArraySlave 0 specifies the first segment m2ArraySlave 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 will cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqIDSlave this may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeaq Info This parameter is ignored if m2Slave is not 2 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 101 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual m3ArraySlave int This parameter is used only if m3Slave is 2 When used each element specifies whether Marke
150. aveform Parameters eer 3 12 Table 6 Waveform Data Types see 3 13 Table 7 Segment Par ameters COmttOlS 929 3 15 Table 8 Sequetice Parameters Controls ebe sde Ehe 3 16 Table 9 Main Trigger Parameters Trigger Mode 3 17 Table 10 Main Trigger Source Polarity and Level 3 18 Table 11 Advance Trigger Par armcters ee 3 19 Table 12 Branch Trigger Parameters cccccscesssesseesseeseceseceseceaecenecaeecseeeaeeeeeseesaeeesecaecaecaaecaaecaeecseeeaeseeeseeeenrseas 3 20 Table 13 Marker Signals sssini isercssesisissenratieiseiseirs eiria anerian a a oein Ee a EE REEE oa Nen neia RENAE EE 3 21 Table 14 Marker Behavior in Sequencer Modes ecsesesessseseeseeeeceeecceaeceeenecaessecneeseceaeeeeaecateaecaeveresateaeeaeentenes 3 23 DBS2050A User Manual Di 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Scope of the Manual Related Manuals DBS2050A Overview DBS2050A Introduction 82 5126 Rev 03 DBS2050A User Manual 1 Introduction This User Manual provides installation and operation instructions for the DBS2050A Arbitrary Waveform Generator The information is presented in the following sections Chapter 1 Introduction provides a brief overview of the product Chapter 2 Preparation and Installation provides hardware and software installat
151. aveform data being unloaded the entire list of sequences is checked to find and undefine all sequences that use the segment Since waveform memory is not accessible when the DBS2050A is running requests for loading and unloading of the waveform data will not be granted while the Sequencer is running unless the caller indicates that the Sequencer can be stopped to perform the loading or unloading In addition to normal sequencing the DBS2050A also supports branching Branching allows the user to stop the current outputting Sequence and branch to a predefined sequence and segment within that sequence when a branch event occurs Branch vectors are stored in Branch Memory Single Channel Mode and Dual Channel Mode The DBS2050A is designed to support both single channel output mode and dual channel output mode When in dual channel output mode the even indexed data is output to channel 1 and the odd indexed data is output to channel 2 In order to support such an arrangement the software keeps track of whether a waveform data segment or sequence was defined for single channel or dual channel use However the software doesn t prevent the user from using data defined for single channel in dual channel mode and vice versa The software is designed to provide enough functionality to handle the most likely cases without having to load the same waveform data more than once Functions are provided to allow
152. by the DBS2050A or is not a multiple of 32 the modulus size of the DBS2050A 32768 Repeat Mode Signed Byte Integer data format Instructs the driver to repeat the waveform data until it meets the 512 minimum number of points and the multiple of 32 requirements If these requirements can t be met on complete cycles within the specified maximum number of points maxPts the driver will pick the best fit that has at least 512 points The total number of points actually loaded into the Waveform Memory is output in tPts 33024 Repeat Mode Offset Binary data format Instructs the driver to repeat the waveform data until it meets the 512 minimum number of points and the multiple of 32 requirements If these requirements can t be met on complete cycles within the specified maximum number of points maxPts the driver will pick the best fit that has at least 512 points The total number of points actually loaded into the Waveform Memory is output in tPts 16384 Pad Value Pad Mode Signed Byte Integer data format Instructs the driver to pad the waveform data with the value specified in bit 0 to bit 7 of padMode until the minimum 512 and multiple of 32 requirements are met The actual total number of data points loaded after padding is output in tPts 16384 Pad Value Pad Mode Offset Binary data format Instructs the driver to pad the waveform data with the value specified in bit 0 to bit 7 of padMode
153. c control The valid range for Offset in Single Ended X1 and Single Ended X4 output configuration is 3 500V to 3 500V Advance Trig enabled Checkbox to control whether advance triggering will be allowed for this segment Looping enabled This checkbox enables looping and the Number of Loops field Note To avoid a trapping condition when Repeat Loop is disabled be sure that Advance Trigger is enabled If they are both disabled the segment will run indefinitely until the entire Sequence is terminated Number of Loops Valid range is 1 to 4095 Created Segments The Created Segments table displays a list of all the Segments that will be available to create a sequence The following information is available scroll to the right to view Segment name Gain CH 1 Offset CH 1 ParmID Gain CH 2 grayed if created in Single Channel Mode Offset CH 2 grayed if in Single Channel Mode ParmID Slave grayed if in Single Channel Mode NumLoops LoopMode WavelD CH 1 grayed if in Single Channel Mode WavelID CH 2 grayed if in Single Channel Mode WavelD grayed if in Single Channel Mode WavelID Slave grayed if in Single Channel Mode SegID SegID Slave grayed if in Single Channel Mode DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Sequence Panel The Sequence pan
154. c meanings in this manual WARNING A WARNING advises against certain actions or situations that could result in personal injury or death CAUTION A CAUTION advises against actions that could damage equipment produce inaccurate data or invalidate a procedure Mesures de securite Mises en garde Les terms AVERTISSEMENT et ATTENTION ont des sens sp cifiques dans cette notice AVERTISSEMENT Un AVERTISSEMENT informe des actions ou situations qui peuvent pr senter un risque de blessure ou de d c s ATTENTION Une mise en garde d butant par le terme ATTENTION informe des actions que peuvent endommager le mete riel produire des donn es incorrectes ou nuire au fonctionnement Sicherheitsvorkehrungen Warnung und Vorsicht Die Bezeichnungen WARNUNG und VORSICHT haben in diesen Sicherheitsvorschriften eine besondere Bedeutung WARNUNG Eine WARNUNG rat gegen bestimmte Handlungen oder Situationen die Verletzung der Person oder Tod zur Folge haben k nnen VORSICHT VORSICHT weist auf Handlungen hin die das Ger t beschadigen konnten unrichtige Daten verursachen oder einen Vorgang ausl schen k nnen iv DBS2050A User Manual 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual SAFETY SUMMARY The following safety precautions apply to both operating and maintenance personnel and must be observed during all phases of installa
155. cer is running i e run sequencer is enabled 5 108 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Unload All Sequences DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SUnloadAllSeqs This function unloads ALL the sequences currently in Sequencer Memory This makes the entire Sequencer Memory available for loading sequences This function and all an2050_SUndefAILXXX functions render all branch vectors inappropriate or invalid Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SUnloadAl11Seqs ViSession vi int mode an2050_SUnloadAllSeqs Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not unload return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and unload all sequences lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seqlD is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 109 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Undefine Undefine Run Parameters an2050_SUnde
156. cifies to which segment to branch ithSeg ANTINT16 Specifies that the ithSeg segment in sequence seqID is the segment to branch to ithSeg 1 for the 1 segment ithSeg 2 for the ou segment and so on m1 int 0 Turn marker 1 OFF for all segments 1 Turn marker 1 ON for all segments 2 Turn marker 1 ON or OFF according to m1Array All other values cause AN2050_SEINVPARM error return m2 int 0 Turn marker 2 OFF for all segments 1 Turn marker 2 ON for all segments 2 Turn marker 2 ON or OFF according to m2Array All other values cause AN2050_SEINVPARM error return DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 125 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual m1Array char This parameter is used only if m1 is 2 otherwise it is ignored When used each element specifies whether marker 1 of the corresponding Segment e m1Array 0 specifies the first segment m1Array 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqID may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeq nfo m2Array char This parameter is used only if m2 is 2 otherwise it is ignored When
157. circumstance a lower sampling frequency must be used with subsequent waveform error 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation A Family of Test Instruments Document 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation Proprietary Statement The information contained in this publication is derived in part from proprietary and patent data of the Analogic Corporation This information has been prepared for the express purpose of assisting operating and maintenance personnel in the efficient use of the instrument described herein Publication of this information does not convey any rights to reproduce it or to use it for any purpose other than in connection with the installation operation and maintenance of the equipment described herein Copyright Analogic Corporation 2001 All rights reserved Printed in U S A Wavesmith is a copyright of Analogic Corporation 2001 All third party hardware and software products mentioned in this guide are the registered trademarks of their respective companies or holders Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation Contents PROPRIETARY STATEMENT ssensess
158. cneenes ANZO5SO Ee EE sesakit 5 136 Get Loaded Sequences cssceseccesceesceesceescnseeeees AN2050 GGetloaded egs 5 137 Get Loaded Have an2050_SGetLoadedWaves seses 5 138 Get Number of Sequences Loaded c0scceseeneee an2050_ SGetNumSeqsLoaded eccccceeeee 5 139 Get Number of Waveforms Loaded c1 cc0seeeeee an2050_ GGetNumhauezloacded 5 140 Get Stale eege eege AREEN KARANANE ERRE AEEA an2050 Jee ENEE EE 5 141 Translate Error Code to Message an2050 errorMessage uti cccsestssetstespavsesacenansyeatoers 5 142 Get Digital Board Revision amp Serial Number an2050_ CGetDIgiBAReVNSN eee eee 5 143 Get Output Board Revision amp Serial Number an2050_ CGetOutputBdRevNSN w eee 5 144 Get DBS2050A Serial Number amp Calibration Date an 2050 Cer zMNCalibete eee 5 145 Get Calibration Procedure Rev and Document an2050_CGetCaliDReVNDN oo eens 5 146 Get Digital Output Calibration Revision s an2050 CGetRevisionNumbe rs 5 147 Get Digital and Output Board Serial fe an2050 CGetSerialNumbe rs 5 148 Get Calibration Procedure Document Number 5 148 APPENDIX A DBS2050A PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ccscsssssssssssssssssssscsssccssecsssessessesseesseeseesseess 1 CLOCK AND TIMING is cccsusisisisccctdasesssdcatsscntestenavestuseuncetsevedutessestevassoedsevaes sn NEE R EEEE AREE EEEN NENE RE AEE 1 OUTPUT SIGNAL ER OC Le H QUTPUT SIGNAL AG SPECIFICATIONS aripis aeiee eo oo aree aroe Vaea Ea OKA EEEE
159. cseeaeeeeeeceensenseenesneseeeneeereeaees 3 2 USER CALIBRATION 05265 icsvesndsiesesessipscensiapseonizeresga dite Eege EENS 3 2 When to Perform User Calibration sonreir E ETE EE ENEE SEENEN 3 2 OPERATING MODES sss sisssd sssanssts iiir Enna ERARE EEA EREE NEE ERAN EEEE RENATE ESE ERREEN EE EAEEREN E EEEE EEANN AERES 3 3 Single Channel Mode Output Configuration sssseeeeeeeeeeessrrirerssisisiriresretiststrrissrisisisrrerersresrseeene 3 3 Programming Example Possible Single Channel Mode Configurations o o 3 4 Dual Channel Mode Output Configuration cccccccccsccesecssesecsseesceseescesesseeseceeeecaceeseesesseesecaeeeecneseeeeseseeenseerenaees 3 5 Setting Up Dual Channel Mode Output Coniigetration 3 5 Viii DBS2050A User Manual 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual ANALOG SIGNAL E 3 6 Goin and Offset Control 3 6 Gain and Offset Direct Mode cceccccccsccssessceseeseesetseeeeseeecaseesceecaeescaseeseaecseeaecaeeeecaeesceaseaeesesseeaesaeeeesnaseeeeaeenteas 3 6 Run Time PAV QM eters cccccccccceecceesseceeceeesecensceescecseceeeseeceneeessceceseecsaecseceeeaaeceeseecsaecseseeesaeceeseeseaaeceseesaesneeeeeaees 3 7 Diflerennial OT SOU arse tog a ee tea tae Dated seh cue Ee 3 7 LEE 3 7 TIME BASE ei 3 7 e 3 7 Externa CLOCK ee ee eech 3 8 Reference ClO che iisu ino iee shes aed dapeatesdenai dds EEEO ETO Aea EEEO S AA Eae a RNE
160. ct Set Single Dual Channel Output Mode an2050_CSetChn1Mode This function sets the output mode to single channel mode or dual channel mode It also calls function an2050_SCorrectAll to perform gain and offset correction Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CSetChn1Mode ViSession vi ANTINT16 chnIMode int mode an2050_CSetChn1Mode Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A chniMode ANTINT16 Specifies single or dual channel mode 0 Single Channel Mode 1 Dual Channel Mode mode int Specifies action if the Sequencer is currently running when function is called 0 Do not set 1 Stop the Sequencer set and then resume if running lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK an2050_GEINVPARNM if chniMode is neither 0 nor 1 5 72 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Segment and Sequence Control Set Sequence Start Sequencer with Markers an2050_ SSetSeqMN This function loads the specified sequence into the Sequencer Memory if not already loaded sets the desired markers as specified by m1 m m3 ml Array m2Array and m3 Array and enables the running of the sequence In normal mar
161. cted DBS2050A seqID ANTID Specifies the ID of the sequence to be run An invalid ID causes an error return m1 int 0 Turn marker 1 OFF for all segments 1 Turn marker 1 ON for all segments 2 Turn marker 1 ON or OFF according to m1Array All other values cause AN2050_SEINVPARM error return m2 int 0 Turn marker 2 OFF for all segments 1 Turn marker 2 ON for all segments 2 Turn marker 2 ON or OFF according to m2Array All other values cause AN2050_SEINVPARM error return m1Array char This parameter is used only if m1 is 2 otherwise it is ignored When used each element specifies whether marker 1 of the corresponding segment e m1Array 0 specifies the first segment m1Array 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqID may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeqInfo m2Array char This parameter is used only if m2 is 2 otherwise it is ignored When used each element specifies whether marker 2 of the corresponding segment e m2Array 0 specifies the first segment m2Array 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 cause the return of AN2050_GEINV
162. d 5 36 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Load Waveform N DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SLoadWaveformN This function loads the waveform data into Waveform Memory A waveform must be loaded into the DBS2050A Waveform Memory before it can be used as part of a segment definition If the Waveform Memory is fragmented this function will re arrange if necessary to make room for the waveform data Starting Address is updated for all segments that are currently loaded into Sequencer Memory Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SLoadWaveformN ViSession vi ANTINT32 numPts ANTINTS8 data ANTUINT16 padMode ANTINT32 maxPts ANTINT32 tPts ANTINT16 flags ANTID wavelD int mode an2050_SLoadWaveformN Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A numPts ANTINT32 Specifies the total number of data points in the pre existing waveform data data ANTINT8 Contains the waveform data The array size is numPts All values in data are interpreted as byte integers padMode ANTUINT16 Specifies the mode pad or repeat and waveform data format Applies only if numPts is lt 512 the minimum number of points for a waveform required
163. d communication mode and installing the module into a VXI chassis CAUTION i This product contains components which are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Be sure to follow proper procedures for handling storing and transporting ESD sensitive assemblies DBS2050A Preparation and Installation 2 1 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Hardware Description Front Panel The DBS2050A is a standard VXI Double Wide C size module for use in any VXI compliant chassis DBS2050A ADVANCE TRIGGER BRANCH TRIGGER MARKER 1 OUT O MARKER 2 OUT O MARKER 3 OUT ACTIVE O SYSTEM PASS FAIL C D BRANCH VECTOR ANALOGICE O OUTPUT 1A O OUTPUT 1B E O C E v C Ei N O O C E v C Ei N TRIGGER A TRIGGER B E Re E Oo lt Zz O CLOCK Oo lt E O CLOCK O EXT CLOCK zZ Re Cc E O sO pe ky pe Se G a a REF CLOCK Zz Re Cc E The Front Panel includes 15 SMA type connectors two status lights and a 15 pin connector The SMA type connectors are grouped as follows OUTPUT 1A amp B 2A amp B These are the main waveform outputs see Figure 1 DBS2050A Block Diagram for a description of how they are used TRIGGER A amp B INPUT These are the main trigger inputs and either Trigger A or Trigger B can be selected SYNC
164. d waveforms The cable with filter marked Output 1A is connected to the DBS2050A Front Panel Output 1A SMA and the one marked Output 2A is connected to Output 2A SMA Refer to the figure below Note that the non filtered ends of the cable assemblies are connected to the instrument Note The filtered ends must be connected to a 50 Ohm load Single Use 1 Pre comp Filter cable connected to Output 1A Ended Output Mode Differential Output Mode Figure 17 Cable Connections for Single Channel Mode Pre compensated Wave Output DBS2050A Appendix B 3 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Pre compensation Theory Pre compensation Library The Pre compensation Library is a dll on the standard DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Software CD Theory of Operation The Process of Pre compensation The Pre compensation process involves a series of operations defined by an algorithm Pre compensation Process Flow Desired Waveform Ta Pre compensation pon Algorithm Correction Array Pre compensated System Waveform Characterization YES Is output within DAC Clip scale as range needed Store pre compensated Waveform Observe To Instrument output for desired waveform DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 Artis
165. dMode until the minimum 512 and multiple of 32 requirements are met The actual total number of data points loaded after padding is output in tPts Instructs the driver to return error AWSEINVPARM and not to load the data Bit 8 Specifies the data format in data and the least significant byte of padMode The format is signed byte integer i e OxO 0 0x1 1 0x7f 127 Ox80 128 not a legitimate value in the 2050 0x81 127 Oxff 1 The format is offset binary format i e OxO 128 not a legitimate value in the 2050 0x1 127 0x7f 1 0x80 0 Oxff 127 Note This is raw DBS2050A hardware format Bits 0 to 7 Pad Value Offset binary This is in effect only if bits 15 and 14 are 01 Data format of this byte depends on bit8 of padMode When in effect these bits specify the padding value If the value of these bits is 0x00 Bit 8 1 or 0x80 Bit 8 0 the last value of the waveform data is used to pad All other bits are not used and should be set to 0 for future compatibility 5 40 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SLoadDualChnlWave2N continued padMode2 ANTUINT16 Bit 8 of this parameter specifies the data format of wave1 and the LSB of padModez2 All other bits are in effect only i
166. dRevNSN ViSession vi ViChar VI FAR rell ViChar_ VI FAR SN an2050_CGetOutputBdRevNSN Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt rev ViChar VI EAR The Output Board Revision number is output in rev as an ASCII string rev must be at least 16 bytes SN ViChar VI EAR The Output Board Serial number is output in SN as an ASCII string SN must be at least 16 bytes lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_NSUP_OPER Unsupported operation If the hardware revision is smaller than 2 hence no output board revision or output board serial number is recorded in EEPROM 5 144 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Get DBS2050A Serial Number amp Calibration Date an2050_CGetSNNCalibDate This function outputs the DBS2050A Serial Number in SN and the Calibration Date in date SN and date must each be at least 16 bytes Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CGetSNNCalibDate ViSession vi ViChar VI FAR SNIL ViChar VI FAR date an2050_CGetSNNCalibDate Paramet
167. define the segment lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seglD is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled 5 112 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Undefine Segment for DBS2055 DBS2050A User Manual an2050 SUndefSeg 2055N2050sync This function is used to remove the segment identified by segID master and slave from memory This action causes all sequences that reference this segID to also be undefined and if they are currently loaded in the Sequencer Memory they are unloaded Since Sequencer Memory is not accessible when running this command will not be executed if the Sequencer is running unless mode indicates otherwise see below Although leaving behind too many useless segments will unnecessarily decrease the performance of the instrument normally it is not necessary to undefined a segment Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SUndefSeg_2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTID segIDmaster ANTID segIDslave int mode an2050_SUndefSeg_ 2055N2050sync Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be act
168. delay is 2 097 120 samples in Single Channel Mode and 1 048 560 samples in Dual Channel Mode For example if the Marker 1 start position is 0 Marker 1 is coincident with the start of the segment In Single Channel Mode the marker delay resolution is 32 clock periods In Dual Channel Mode the marker delay resolution is 16 clock periods Width Specify the Marker Width in samples the length of the marker The Marker Width adjusts the width of the marker output pulse The maximum width is 131 072 samples in Single Channel Mode and 65 536 samples in Dual Channel Mode DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 4 15 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Waveforms Panel The Waveforms Panel is used to load waveform data to instrument memory Waveforms may be defined e by creating a Standard waveform sine square triangle noise e by reading Arbitrary waveform data from a file Loaded waveforms can be used to create Segments for use in a Sequence IFA08S2050A 2055 Arbitrary Waveform Generator ET GL CSC DBS2050A 2 4GSa s Single 2050A Mode F About Controls Waveforms Segments SeQuence Instruments Wavename am n si 21333ns Unload Selected File 3 ES Channel mode Warnings Figure 14 Waveforms Panel Note about Pre compensation Pre compensation is an optional feature purchased separately
169. ding can be truncated but will cause an error in the Output Waveform after the point of truncation The permissible amount of truncation is obtained by experiment As the Frequency Response Correction is always greater than one and increasing with frequency the Corrected Waveform will be larger in amplitude than the Desired waveform Thus if a Desired waveform fills 100 of the range of the DAC the Corrected Waveform will be larger than 100 and if applied to the DAC will display clipping of the waveform when the value goes outside the DAC range To avoid clipping the Desired Waveform must be lowered in amplitude or offset if clipping is asymmetrical by the appropriate amount The choice whether to allow clipping or not is left up to the user Clipping will cause an error in the instrument output just after the clipped waveform This might be acceptable in many instances To minimize the amount of clipping any unnecessary high frequency content in the Desired Waveform should be minimized Examples of waveforms generating high frequency content are single sample transitions of large amplitude and high amplitude high frequency oscillations DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Signal Bandwidth Aliasing DBS2050A User Manual The effective bandwidth of the Corrected output is 0 5 Fs for the DBS2050A Fs Sample Frequency
170. directory will appear showing all installed files The DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel SFP may be accessed via the Windows Start Menu along with online help Wavesmith is a software application allowing waveform creation editing and analysis and control of Analogic instruments Refer to the Wavesmith User Manual for more information about Wavesmith installation and operation If you ordered the Pre compensation option a diskette is included containing data necessary to pre compensate a waveform If you do not have this diskette you will be unable to perform pre compensation Pre compensation data is unique for each specific DBS2050A and is generated at the factory prior to shipment Please contact Analogic if you lose the floppy containing your pre compensation data or if you wish pre compensation data to be generated for your module Refer to Appendix B Pre compensation Option in this manual for more information DBS2050A Installation Verification Procedure VISA To verify the installation and setup of your DBS2050A in a standard VXI chassis containing a slot 0 controller using a Host PC running the Soft Front Panel 1 Install the module into a chassis 2 Connect the desired cables from the Output 1A SMA connector on the DBS2050A Front Panel to a scope of your choice 3 Verify the VXI interface connection from the Host PC to the chassis controller i e IEEE 1394 cable etc 4 Power ON the chassis 5 Once
171. dvance Trigger Otherwise the segment will run indefinitely until the entire Sequence is terminated mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not define return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and create the dual channel mode waveform and define the segment lt OUTPUT gt segID ANTID Specifies the segment ID for the segment just defined wavelDOut ANTID Specifies the waveform ID for the newly created dual channel mode waveform data 5 92 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual lt RETURN gt 0 if OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Define Dual Chnl Seg from Seg an2050_SDefineDualChn1lSegFromSeg This function duplicates the waveform data of segIDIn to create a new dual channel mode waveform and segment defined for dual channel mode use The parms and loopMode of segIDIn are also used for the new segment segIDOut for dual channel mode Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SDefineDualChn1SegFromSeg ViSession vi ANTID segIDIn ANTID segIDOut ANTID
172. e run sequencer is enabled 5 106 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Unload Sequence an2050_SUnloadSeq This function unloads a sequence seqID from Sequencer Memory and frees the memory previously occupied by this sequence CAUTION A sequence may be used both by regular sequence runs and by branch vectors Be sure a sequence is no longer needed by either regular sequence run or branch vectors before unloading it Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SUnloadSeq ViSession vi ANTID seqID int mode an2050_SUnloadSeq Parameters Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A seqID ANTID Specifies the ID of the sequence to be unloaded An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not unload return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and unload the sequence lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seqlD is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 107 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality
173. e Analogic Corporation This information has been prepared for the express purpose of assisting operating and maintenance personnel in the efficient use of the instrument described herein Publication of this information does not convey any rights to reproduce it or to use it for any purpose other than in connection with the installation operation and maintenance of the equipment described herein P N 82 5126 Revision 03 January 2002 Copyright Analogic Corporation 2002 All rights reserved Printed in U S A DBS2050A and DBS2055 are trademarks of Analogic Corporation ii DBS2050A User Manual 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Warranty Analogic warrants only to the original purchaser that this product as purchased from Analogic or an Analogic distributor or dealer will conform to the written specifications for a period of one year from the date of purchase If the product fails to conform to these warranties Analogic as its sole and exclusive liability hereunder will repair or replace the product and or its components within a reasonable period of time if the product is returned to a Analogic service center within the warranty period These warranties are made upon the express condition that a The purchaser shall promptly notify Analogic in writing of any non conformity with the above warranty including a detailed expl
174. e This is raw DBS2050A hardware format Bits 0 to 7 Pad Value Offset binary This is in effect only if bits 15 and 14 are 01 Data format of this byte depends on bit8 of padMode When in effect these bits specify the padding value If the value of these bits is 0x00 Bit 8 1 or 0x80 Bit 8 0 the last value of the waveform data is used to pad All other bits are not used and should be set to 0 for future compatibility maxPts ANTINT32 This is used only if padMode s are in effect and bits 15 and 14 of padMode s are set to 10 see above When in use this specifies the maximum number of points Set this to 0 if the default maximum number of points currently 8 meg is to be used This affects both waveforms mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform lt OUTPUT gt tPts ANTINT32 The total number of data points of each waveform actually loaded into waveform data memory wavelD ANTID WavelD is a unique ID for the newly created dual channel waveform data wavel wave2 ANTINT8 The waveform data arrays to be merged to form dual channel waveform data All values in wave1 and wave are interpreted as byte integers and depend on bit 8 of its padMode When running this newly created dual channel waveform data in dual channel mode wave1 data will
175. e Segment Square Segment ArbWave Sequence Controls Figure 7 Sequence Creation DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 11 DBS2050A User Manual Waveforms Waveform data is loaded into the DBS2050A Waveform Memory before it is used in a Segment Waveform data can be entered e by defining standard waveforms sine square triangle noise waveforms or e by loading arbitrary waveform data from a file DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel or via binary data array VXIplug amp play Driver functions When entered Waveform data is stored internally and given a WaveID to be used when defining Segments When using the Soft Front Panel a descriptive name can be given to the waveform by the User This name will appear in a list of available Waveforms Standard Waveforms For standard waveforms the following information must be provided Table 5 Standard Waveform Parameters Waveform Description Parameters Controls Waveform Type Specify the type of standard wave to be created Possible types are Sine Square Triangle Noise Amplitude Specify the amplitude of the waveform to generate Must be between 0 0 and 1 0 Amplitude is relative to the full scale value of a signed 8 bit integer Points Per Cycle Specify the number of p
176. e Total Points cccccccccsssesseeeeseesseaneeees ANZO D0 COAL OT PES ere 5 47 Calculate Total Points di an2050 CCaloT PESI oeveccisrancsssesencsevengssebestanconnneesetes 5 48 CLOCK EE EE 5 49 Internal and External Clock Eunettong cece ceeaeecseeeseeeseceaecaeeaecaesaeeeaeeeseeeseseeesneeeeeenaees 5 49 et Clock SOUNCE saa R deed ee EE 5 49 Set Currently Selected Clock Frequency s s an2050 GSECECLOCK FE G sis eege deeg eg 5 50 Get Clock Frequency cssccssccssccesccesccesceescesseeees an2050 GCCECLOCK FOG ek 5 51 Get CLOCK Dider svcccsns txenscassenssinn sien sone spenccnee EE 5 52 Set Internal Clock Frequency sson an2050 G ertintcClockkreg 5 53 Set External Clock Eregteney an2050_ GSECEXUtCLOCK PLE Qi eects 5 54 Set External Source Clock Eregiyency an2050_ GSetEXtSrceClock Fre Queene 5 55 Reference Clock Functions ssec ANEN 5 56 Select Reference Oochen an2050 GSEIREFCLOCK enen tnirokeni n eink 5 56 Set External Reference Clock Fregnengecn ANZO50 _GSECEXCREL FLO Gissesessscisssesscnssresaenssnesdenss 5 57 Low Level Clock Functions 0 0 scscvessesh eves cuzsecuscuse aoina iE eens casas iat eussvac vent uatevaateauseees cists 5 58 Set Gate Delay ici seccsvsacseacdsastsiesidnadeectsacgnaceeasexs AN2050_ CSECGACCDELAY eects ereeteeeeey 5 58 Set Clock DIVIDE cccsesiseecsensseccseasveescacsseseseesse ANZOSO CSCECLOCRDILG psarne 5 59 Set External Source Clock Divider nnnnnnnnnnnn an2050 G ertkstcClookf iv een 5 60 Set Inter
177. e of nDevs slotArray ViPInt16 Contains the Slot Ze of all the desired instruments found The total number of instruments found output in this array is nDevs The array size of slotArray must be at least the input value of nDevs nDevs ViPInt16 As output nDevs is the total number of desired instruments found If the total number of desired instruments found is greater than the original input value of nDevs only the Logical Addresses and Slot s of the first nDevs is output in laArray and slotArray The caller should keep the original input value of nDevs for comparison when this function returns lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 15 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Query Revision Number an2050_revisionQuery This function returns the revision number of the instrument driver and the revision number of the firmware Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_revisionQuery ViSession vi ViChar_VI_FAR driver_rev ViChar _ VI FAR instr_rev an2050_revisionQuery Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi Vi
178. eccicvessees esviicsesaviess chiral iE eE ES EA RE tala EEEE EAEE RAE EAE a 3 22 Figure 9 Communication ee EE 4 2 Fig re 10 Instruments Panel iis 920 esetsdee ees EEN EEEE EEEE EEE EEEE AE EEES 4 4 Figure 11 Instruments Panel Show Details 4 7 Pigure 12 Signal Path Panel sssrinds tensien eni eea E Eaa EE a Ea Eaa EEA E NEEE EEKE 4 8 Figure 13 Controls EE 4 11 Fig te 14 Wayefotms Paine EE 4 16 Pigure 15 Segments Panel eege s aeeoe aR EA EE ERE E EE E EEEE a SEa E A ENEE EaR 4 20 Eege 16 Sequence agebett gege eyte conse EE EES dE ege 4 23 Figure 17 Cable Connections for Single Channel Mode Pre compensated Wave Output 3 igure 18 Waveforms Paine et ege 15 ances cence see vas anes c cece vas goo ts cas co Hey 005 uns G tah csp equa nse eae vs Lpvtacunibeaeeoeyhe cates eet ane DERE 8 Figtire 19 Precompensation Bang ees ESA SEENEN 10 Figure 20 Multiple Segment Sequences c cseciesctdecdecsseeses aviosscncesczs tan nets candi Peers ustedes aaebcde asthe EERE iaai a 15 Table 1 Front Panel 15 Pin Control Comme ctot ce cessesesseeseesenonencesecosenensesssevaneneneecnsenevosenstnevsteneneneavesonenensaeas 2 3 Table 2 Power Requirements for DBS2050A isinisisi ca siedcacenccedecsadsecuedsessducdscs sieceneendee ecsacecdete 2 5 Table 3 S mple Parameter Definitions sieren aE EAE EEEE EEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEE ESE i 3 4 Table 4 Direct Gain and Offset V alueg 20 coe eaen a EEA EA EEEE EERE LEARE EEEE E 3 6 Table 5 Standatd W
179. ect immediately if the current output mode is dual channel mode Otherwise the configuration is stored until the user sets the output mode to dual channel mode Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CConfDualChn1l ViSession vi int head int load int gain int mode an2050_CConfDualChnl Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A head int Specifies the output heads to be used 0 Head A for both Channel 1 and Channel 2 1 Head A for Channel 1 Head B for Channel 2 2 Head B for Channel 1 Head A for Channel 2 3 Head B for both Channel 1 and Channel 2 load int This parameter must be set to 3 50 ohm load on both channels config int Specifies no output single ended X1 output or single ended X4 output 0 No signal output to either channel 1 No signal to Channel 1 X1 output to Channel 2 2 No signal to Channel 1 X4 output to Channel 2 3 X1 output to Channel 1 no signal to Channel 2 4 X4 output to Channel 1 no signal to Channel 2 5 X1 output to both Channel 1 and Channel 2 6 X1 output for Channel 1 X4 output for Channel 2 7 X4 output for Channel 1 X1 output for Channel 2 8 X4 output for both Channel 1 and Channel 2 mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not configure return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer configure dual channel output then resume Sequencer lt
180. ed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Non operational Shock amp Vibration Title Specification Standard Sinusoidal Vibration 0 15mm disp 10Hz to 58Hz lt 2G s 58Hz to 150Hz IEC68 2 6 Fc Test conditions 1 10 sweeps axis 3 Axis 1 octave min sweep 10min dwell at resonance 2 1000 times on each of 3 axis MTBF Parts Reliability Title Specification Standard MTBF 46 000hrs 25 C MIL HDBK 217F EMC Immunity Specification Test condition ESD Immunity EN61000 4 2 1995 4kV 4kV Air Contact Radiated RF Electromagnetic EN61000 4 3 1995 3V M Immunity Transient Burst Immunity EN61000 4 4 1995 1kV AC lines A 5KV line line line earth 3 V Sig lines gt 3M AC lines Conducted Emissions Title Specification Test condition Class Level EMC compatibility for EN61000 3 2 1995 40dB uV M 10M A harmonic emissions 30MHz 230MHz 47dB uV M 10M 230MHz 1000MHz EMC compatibility Voltage EN61000 3 3 1995 A fluctuations DBS2050A Appendix A 7 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Radiated Emissions Title Specification Test condition Class Level Radiated Emissions EN55011 Safety Title Specification Notes Power Specification Dynamic Module Current Voltages and currents 24V 5 10A max 24V 1Apkpk Max 24V 5 10A max 24V 1A pkpk MaX
181. ed upon Master unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode seglDmaster ANTID The Master unit ID of the segment to be undefined An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored seglDslave ANTID The Slave unit ID of the segment to be undefined An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not undefine return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and undefine the run parameters lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seglD is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 113 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Undefine Sequence an2050_SUndefSeq This function undefines the sequence identified by seqID This will free the memory occupied by the sequence If the sequence is currently loaded in Sequence Memory it is unloaded Since Sequencer Memory is not accessible when running this command will not be executed if the Sequencer is running unless mode indicates otherwise see below Function Prototype ViStatus an2050
182. el is used to create and run waveform sequences made up of previously defined segments H AmE ANALOCIC DBS2050A 2 4GSa s Single 2050A Mode Ss Instruments Signal Path Controls Waveforms Segments SeQuence Segment name SeglD Segment name ine2048G 1 000 _0 0 000 44040704 F ER Sine2048G 1 000 _0 0 000 Standard ibd Play sequence Once E Continuously Insert gt Run Sequence Ii Advance Tigger AL Te Undefine Selected Undefine All Channel mode ue Driver function an2050_SDefineSeg Warnings Sequencer Idle Figure 16 Sequence Panel Creating and Running a Sequence To create and run a Sequence 1 Highlight the desired Segment from the Available Segments list 2 Click Insert to add the Segment to the Sequence Segments can be added to the Sequence multiple times Use the Undefine Selected and Undefine All buttons to remove segments from Sequence 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to add additional Segments to the Sequence 4 If Advance feature is to be used select whether to Advance via Standard segment will advance at the end of the loop count or via On Trigger segment will advance when it receives an Advance Trigger if Advance Trigger was enabled for that segment If On Trigger is selected the Advance Trigger source will be via DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 4 23 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guara
183. ent runs indefinitely until the entire Sequence is terminated DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 89 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not define return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and create the dual channel mode waveform and define the segment lt OUTPUT gt segID ANTID Outputs the segment ID for the segment just defined wavelD ANTID Outputs the waveform ID for the newly created dual channel mode waveform data lt RETURN gt 0 if OK 5 90 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Define Dual Channel Sequence DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SDefineDualChn1Seq This function defines a sequence for dual channel mode use The sequence is made up of segments previously defined for dual channel mode use However the sequence will still be defined even if segments previously defined for single channel mode use are specified for use here A warning is returned if not all the segments specified were defined previously for dual channel mode use Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SDefineDualChn1Seq ViSession vi ANTID seqID
184. ents in this sequence Valid range 1 to 4096 loopMode ANTINT16 Specifies the loop mode of this sequence One Shot Loop Continuously until stop condition occurs lt OUTPUT gt seqiDmaster ANTID seqlDmaster is the ID for the sequence just defined in the Master unit seqiDslave ANTID seqlDslave is the ID for the sequence just defined in the Slave unit lt RETURN gt VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seglD master or slave is invalid an2050_SEINVPARM Invalid parameter an2050_SENOMEM Not enough memory If this happens the user can use the Undef functions to free up memory occupied by definitions no longer being used 5 86 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Define Sequence from Partial Sequence an2050 SDefineSeqP This function is used to define a sequence by extracting a partial sequence from an existing sequence Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SDefineSeqP ViSession vi ANTID seqIDSrc ANTID seqID ANTINT16 loopMode ANTINT 16 segBegin ANTINT16 segEnd an2050_SDefineSeqP Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A seqIDSrc ANTID
185. epresents the minimum value of data points in the corrected wave Represents the maximum value of data points in the corrected wave 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Using the Pre Compensation Library Basic Rule to Follow when Pre compensating a Waveform When a waveform is pre compensated the resulting waveform is wider in time 50 ns on each end than the original waveform due to pad samples added to the beginning and end of the waveform Depending upon sequence definition additional manipulation of the pre compensated waveform is necessary if looping is desired or if multiple waveform segments are to be merged together to form one waveform sequence The additional manipulation involves simply adding the pad samples to the beginnings and or ends of adjacent waveform segments whenever there is an overlap thereby bringing the waveforms back into proper time alignment This is best understood graphically as shown in the examples below Example Single Segment Sequence Looping One Shot 12 A single segment waveform can have two forms for the purpose of Pre compensation This is where the single segment is repeated continuously as in a Free Run trigger mode The LoopOrPad input should be set to 1 to define loop operation In this case the pre compensation software takes care of any correction necessary and the Corrected wa
186. er than nWaves sequences loaded only the first nWavesOut elements of the array wavelDs will be valid lt OUTPUT gt wavelDs ANTID This buffer contains the IDs of loaded waveforms Size of this buffer must be at least nWaves nWavesOut ANTUINT16 nWavesOut is the number of waveforms loaded lt RETURN gt None None None 5 138 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Get Number of Sequences Loaded an2050_SGetNumSeqsLoaded This function gets the total number of sequences loaded Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SGetNumSeqsLoaded ViSession vi ANTUINT16 nSegs an2050_SGetNumSeqsLoaded Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt nSeqs ANTUINT16 nSeqs is the total number of sequences loaded lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 139 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Get Number of Waveforms Loaded an2050_SGetNumWavesLoaded This function gets the total number of waveforms loaded Function
187. erate the Pad Wi Pad necessary pad samples needed for correction Precompensation will need to be run twice on D2 Once with LoopOrPad 1 Loop w2 w2 w2 Mode Once with LoopOrPad 0 Pad Pad Pad Mode A Precompensated Looping Segment is generated by the precomp algorithm automatically LoopOrPad 1 However since the first and last A AA A A A times the segment runs the VV VV VV transition will be from to W1 and W3 Pad Samples are needed to t Se create these instances and are w2 w2 obtained by running Pad Pad precompensation on D2 with End Front LoopOrPad 0 Step 2 Combine the waveform segments into the final precompensated waveform sequence adding precompensation pad samples to the start or end of each segment as necessary Final Precompensated Waveform Precompensated Wave1 Precompensated Wave3 Precompensated Wave2 Precompensation called with LoopOrPad 0 Pad Mode Precompensated Wave2 Precompensation called with LoopOrPad 1 Loop Mode w2 wat w2 First time e Last time wi Wa through W2 Run N 2 times through W2 wa ws Pad Re he NI NOR A RGR CORR RRA VV VV VV YYM VV VV VM VV VV VV VV OV VV w2 w1 w2 w2 w2 w2 w3 w2 Pad Pad Pad Pad Pad Pad Pad Pad Front End Front End Front End Front End on Sy a The pad s mples are automatically added to the waveform data by the precompensation software looping function when r
188. ers Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt SN ViChar VI EAR The DBS2050A Serial number is output in SN as an ASCII string SN must be at least 16 bytes date ViChar VI EAR The Calibration Date is output in date as an ASCII string date must be at least 16 bytes lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_NSUP_OPER Unsupported operation If the hardware revision is smaller than 2 hence no DBS2050A Serial Number or calibration date is recorded in EEPROM DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 145 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Get Calibration Procedure Rev and Document an2050_ CGetCalibRevNDN This function outputs the Calibration Procedure Revision number in rev and the document number in DN rev and DN each must be at least 16 bytes large Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CGetCalibRevNDN ViSession vi ViChar VI FAR rell ViChar_ VI FAR DNI an2050_CGetCalibRevNDN Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init
189. essseeeesesseresetrtssesrttetstosttttt tresse rtrt etsen st rtn es Sn SE ree SESSE SEs ESES eose rre eresse renees aseeseen esenee II 1 NN DLei RL W 1 1 AGENER E 1 1 THE STIMULUS MEASUREMENT SYSTEM cccceccccssssseecssscececsusceceesseeecuseecsesseccsesseccceseeececsaeeecessseesenssseceetseeeneasess 1 1 PLGUOR MAL Eegeregie 1 1 VXI Compatible Bench Test Setz 1 2 CONFIGURING A STIMULUS TEST SYSTEM cccccccesssscccssscececssccecessseeecescecsessseccsessecccnsaeececaseeceessecccsssseceetseeeneaaees 1 2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS eisni espece iieiea o ire E EE EE EE suas ote dugesepeasiees seiiedsedetgeasolsdcesneseg soon 1 5 BOOK EE 1 6 2 PLATFORMS re ae nae tute oh nea EEE a R E a E eg Stee E ESERIES SEES 2 1 LR EE 2 1 3 CARRIERS vessoecesSicaccs geet dE eege ebeg eseu Eege ee deeg 3 1 GENERA E 3 1 CARRIER PERFORMANCE sssssseesessesesereesesseseretstssestrttetstosttte tses strttt tees test stets eost erEe eres Seset ee eseese steets seset netsen sesseseee ee 3 1 EE Eege 3 1 Clocking and Triggering isteti tittet Etta S tE SESE AEESEENEE EEES EESEEEEE EEES EE SISESE EEEa Ee nr senet ts 3 1 CARRIER CONFIOGURATIONS SENEE ESSN SE EEEE EPES SE NENEA ESEN SE EEEE ES EPSE nErenn eseese ennea 3 2 4 INSTRUMENT MODULES ivi ieee sdcsccsacsascosecccscesecsentebecdasectescacecssteseesssosnes orse or rores Sorsi E oessa o eoio oes asisas ERE SRE aS 4 1 E E CIE EE 4 1 5 SORT WARE EE 5 1 CEI RA EE 5 1 WAVESMITHO EE ETEEN EE EE E EEEE E ETAETA E
190. eto utp ut lessage 2050 CGetDigiBdl umSeqsLoaded umWavesLoaded RevNSN Bd 2050 CGetSNNCalib 2050 CGetCalibRevNDN 2050 CGetRevisionNumbers 2050 CGetSerialNumbers Query Number of Segments Available RevNSN Date an2050_SSegsAvail This function returns the total number of available segment data records in Sequencer Memory Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SSegsAvail ViSession vi ViPUInt16 avail an2050_SSegsAvail Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A lt OUTPUT gt avail ViPUINT16 Total number of available segment data records in Sequencer Memory lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 5 133 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Query Waveform Data Memory Available an2050_SWaveMemAvail This function outputs the total number of bytes of waveform data memory available Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SWaveMemAvail ViSession vi ANTUINT32 avail an2050_SWaveMemAvail Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A lt OUTPUT gt avail ANTUINT32 Total number of bytes of wavefor
191. evel clock functions The following functions are included e H m p D D D D D D D D D M 2050 GSelClock 2050 GSetClockFreq 2050 GGetClockFreq 2050 GGetClockDiv 2050 GSetIntClockFreqg 2050 GSetExtClockFreq 2050 _GSetExtSrcClockFreq 2050 GSelRefClock 2050 GSetExtRefFreq 2050 GSetGateDelay 2050 GSetClockDiv 2050 GSetExtClockDiv 2050 GSetIntClockDiv Internal and External Clock Functions Set Clock Source an2050_GSelClock This function is used to select the source clock internal or external This function also switches the sampling frequency between the internal clock frequency and the external clock frequency Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSelClock ViSession vi int sel an2050_GSe1lClock Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A sel int Specifies internal or external clock source Internal source clock 1 External source clock lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 49 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set Currently Selected Clock Frequency an2050_GSetClockFreq This function sets the frequency of the currently selected clock internal or external That i
192. f Time Base Sample Clock Internal Sample Clock The DBS2050A provides an internal sample clock source or can accept an external sample clock The instrument operation for each is described as follows In internal clock mode a PLL based clock synthesizer is used to provide the low jitter sample clock PLL frequency resolution step size is SMHz at the highest frequency range of 1 2 GHz to 2 4GHz Exact clock frequencies of 1 200 1 205 1 210 2 400GHz are available on the highest range Lower frequency ranges are derived by dividing factors of two from the highest frequency range i e 2400 1200 600 300 150MHz etc are the maximum settings of each of the highest ranges For DBS2050A Functional Description 3 7 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual lower frequency ranges the step size also scales linearly The highest nine frequency ranges and their step sizes are shown below Minimum Maximum Freq Step Size Freq MHz KHz MHz 1 200 2 400 5 000 600 1 200 2 500 300 600 1 250 150 300 625 75 150 312 5 37 5 75 156 25 18 75 37 5 78 125 9 375 18 75 39 0625 4 6875 9 375 19 53125 The DBS2050A driver calculates and returns the closest achievable frequency to the requested clock frequency When the internal sample clock is used the user specifies the desired sam
193. f numPts is smaller than 512 the minimum number of points for a waveform required by the DBS2050A unit or is not a multiple of 16 the modulus size of the DBS2050A for each waveform in dual channel mode When in effect the interpretation of this parameter is as follows Bits 15 and 14 Specify the padding mode of wave2 Repeat Mode Instructs the driver to repeat the waveform data until it meets the 512 minimum number of points and the multiple of 32 requirements If these requirements can t be met on complete cycles within the specified maximum number of points maxPts the driver will pick the best fit that has at least 512 points The total number of points actually loaded into the Waveform Memory is output in tPts Pad Mode Instructs the driver to pad the waveform data with the value specified in bit 0 to bit 7 of padMode until the minimum 512 and multiple of 32 requirements are met The actual total number of data points loaded after padding is output in tPts Instructs the driver to return error AWSEINVPARM and not to load the data Bit 8 Specifies the data format in data and the least significant byte of padMode The format is signed byte integer i e OxO 0 0x1 1 0x7f 127 Ox80 128 not a legitimate value in the 2050 0x81 127 Oxff 1 The format is offset binary format i e OxO 128 not a legitimate value in the 2050 0x1 127 0x7f 1 0x80 0 Oxff 127 Not
194. f the markers for each segment is described below and varies depending upon Loop Count Advance Enable and or Repeat Enable settings Sample_Sequence Marker Example M1 Delay M1 Delay Marker 1 Signal ER T M1 Width M1 Width M2 Delay M2 Delay Marker 2 Signal M2 Width M2 Width M3 Delay No Marker Generated Marker 3 Signal M3 Width When the Sequence is Segment 1 Segment 2 run markers are M1 Enable ON Set to Loop Continously enabled shown M2 Enable ON M1 M2 and M3 Enable M3 Enable OFF ignored Set for Loop Count 10 Markers appear each Markers appear during time Segment is started first loop only Figure 8 Marker Example 3 22 DBS2050A Functional Description Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation 82 5126 Revision 03 Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Marker Behavior DBS2050A User Manual Depending whether a Segment is looping continuously looping according to a Loop Count or in Advance Mode waiting for an Advance Trigger marker behavior may change The following table lists marker behavior in certain configurations Table 14 Marker Behavior in Sequencer Modes Sequencer Mode Marker Enable Description Loop Count Marker Enable M1 When ON markers Segment loops number of times specified M2 M3 ON OFF applies will appear during 17 loop only Advance Enable ON ae 1 m Marker Enable M1 When ON marker SEN Tice unti M2 M3 ON OFF will appear during
195. fRunParms This function is used to remove the run parameters identified by parmID from memory This action also causes all segments and sequences that reference this parmID to be undefined and if they are currently loaded in the Sequencer Memory they are unloaded Since Sequencer Memory is not accessible when running this command will not be executed if the Sequencer is running unless mode indicates otherwise see below Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SUndefRunParms ViSession vi ANTID parmID int mode an2050_SUndefRunParms Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A parmID ANTID Specifies the ID of the run parameters to be undefined An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not undefine return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and undefine the run parameters lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e parmID is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled 5 110 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Undefine Run
196. for DBS2050A instruments Pre compensation allows creation of higher fidelity waveforms and increases the output bandwidth For more information refer to Appendix B Pre compensation Option for hardware configuration and theory of operation 4 16 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Creating and Loading a Standard Waveform To create and load a standard waveform 1 Define the waveform using the fields in the Standard tab 2 Pre compensate the waveform if desired 3 Load the waveform using the Load Wave button The waveform appears in the Loaded waveforms table list The waveform is now loaded into hardware memory and available for use in a Segment The Unload Selected and Unload All buttons may be used to delete loaded waveforms from memory 4 To preview the waveform highlight a loaded waveform and click the Quick Run button A pop up window will appear enter a direct gain and offset to be used if a value other than the defaults Gain 1 and Offset OV is desired and click OK If the waveform has been pre compensated the pre compensated wave will run when Quick Run is selected Changing the name of a loaded waveform To change the name of a waveform double click the waveform name in the Loaded waveforms list and re type the new name then press the Enter or Return key Any Segment
197. for each channel are applied instead of the Run Time Parameters A Segment associates a set of waveform data with a set of Run Time Parameters In addition it is within a Segment that looping advance trigger and markers are enabled disabled A Segment may be set to repeat continuously until a trigger event occurs or to run for a specific loop count When defined Segments are stored and given a SegID to be used when defining Sequences When using the Soft Front Panel a descriptive name can be given to the Segment by the user This name will appear in a list of available Segments when defining Sequences To avoid a trapping condition when Repeat Loop is enabled be sure that Advance Trigger is not disabled set to ignore Advance Trigger Otherwise the segment will run indefinitely until the entire Sequence is terminated DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual The following information is specified in a Segment Table 7 Segment Parameters Controls Parameter Set Segment Parameters Description Controls Waveform Specify a Waveform from the previously defined list of available Waveforms In the VXIplug amp play Driver these are referenced by the assigned WavelID On the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel the Waveform Names are listed for selection Run Time Specify
198. ful an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID used in function call VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if viMaster or viSlave is invalid 5 102 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Run Time Parameters Define Run Time Parameters DBS2050A User Manual an2050_ SDefineRunParms This function registers a set of Run Time Parameters for later use mainly in defining segment and or sequence If an Out of memory error occurs use Undefine commands to free some memory used by obsolete parameter segment or sequence definitions Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SDefineRunParms ViSession vi ANTFLOAT attenl ANTFLOAT atten2 ANTFLOAT offset1 ANTFLOAT offset2 ANTID parmID an2050_SDefineRunParms Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A atten1 ANTFLOAT Specifies the attenuation desired for Channel 1 and Channel 2 atten2 Valid range 0 to 63dB The attenuator has a 12 bit resolution The software rounds off to the nearest achievable attenuation offset1 ANTFLOAT Specifies the offset for Channel 1 and Channel 2 offset 2 Valid range 3 5V to 3 5V 12 bit resolution lt OUTPUT gt parmi ANTID ParmlD is a unique number to represent the Run
199. g a command error log This logging mechanism can be turned on or off and the logs can be examined through the functions described later in this section This driver provides interface functions to make full use of the DBS2050A hardware All functionality discussed previously in this manual is implemented via driver functions described in this section The driver also fully implements outputting signals to one channel Single Channel Output Mode or to two channels Dual Channel Output Mode The driver keeps 2 sets of clock settings one used with the internal clock and one with an external clock if used The functions are divided into the following categories Initialize Functions Hardware Query Shutdown Reset Waveform Creation Clock Commands Signal Path Control Single and Dual Channel Mode Operation Unload and Undefine Trigger Marker Informational CAUTION The application software that uses this driver should not try to access DBS2050A registers directly Using functions other than those provided by this driver to access DBS2050A registers may end in unexpected results However reading register values or getting attribute values using VISA function calls with the Vi Session returned by an2050_ init is acceptable DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 1 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual M
200. gger Stop On Trigger Gate by Trigger Start Stop on Trigger Refer to Chapter 3 for more information regarding these modes Source If not in Free Run mode specify the source for the main trigger signal Options are e Trigger A SMA input on DBS2050A Front Panel Default e Trigger B e VXIECL 0 e VXIECL 1 Polarity Select the main trigger polarity whether to trigger on a positive slope rising edge or negative slope falling edge of the waveform Options are e Positive e Negative Level Enter the main trigger level to control the trigger threshold voltage when Trigger A or B is used A numeric value may be entered or the slider control used to select a voltage The range is 10 0V 0 0 is the Default DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 4 13 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Advance Trigger Advance triggering will cause the currently running segment to terminate and starts the next segment in the sequence Note The Branch Trigger feature is not available via the Soft Front Panel Source Specify the source for the advance trigger Options are e Software Default Via the Advance Trigger button on the Sequence panel e External Via the Advance Trigger SMA connector on the DBS2050A Front Panel Polarity If External is selected the Polarity and Level controls will be active Select the polar
201. her the trigger signal comes from the front panel SMA Advance connector or from a software command via the Advance Trigger software function Level Specifies the trigger level as either 1 5 Volts TTL or zero volts Polarity Specifies whether to trigger on the negative or positive slope rising or falling edge of the trigger signal Branch Trigger Branch Trigger is used in conjunction with the branch vector to arbitrarily jump or branch to one of sixteen sequences The Branch vector is either a four bit TTL signal applied to the Branch Vector Connector or can be an internally software generated value The internal software branch is not arbitrary but always jumps to the next branch vector in the table The Branch Trigger then is used to initiate branching to the selected sequence When a branch trigger event occurs the current Sequence terminates and a branch is made to the beginning of the designated Sequence DBS2050A Functional Description 3 19 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual The Branch Trigger is configured via the following parameters Table 12 Branch Trigger Parameters Trigger Parameter Description Branch Vector Valid range for Branch Vector 0 to 15 SeqID and ithSeg Also specifies the Sequence and which Segment to branch to within the Sequence Branch Trigger Specifies
202. i other error values 5 52 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set Internal Clock Frequency an2050_GSetIntClockFreq Similar to an2050_GsetExtClockFreq Takes effect when internal clock is selected This is the only function that sets an2050_GA an2050_ GM and an2050_GintDiv These variables are used directly without re calculation when switching from external source clock to internal source clock Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GsetIntClockFreq ViSession vi ANTDOUBLE freq an2050_GsetIntClockFreq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A freq ANTDOUBLE Specifies the sampling frequency desired when the internal source clock is selected in MHz lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK Returns invalid parameter error an2050_GEINVPAR M if frequency desired is out of range DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 53 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set External Clock Frequency an2050_GSetExtClockFreq This function is used to set the sampling frequency for use with an
203. i ANTDOUBLE freq an2050_GSetExtRefFreq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A freq ANTDOUBLE Specifies the external reference clock frequency in MHz lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 57 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Low Level Clock Functions Set Gate Delay an2050_CSetGateDelay This function specifies a gate delay from 0 to 255 It can be used when the hardware configuration includes a synchronized External Clock and External Trigger source This command allows the user to set relative timing between an External trigger that is synchronized to a user s External Clock The trigger is used to start and stop waveforms The delay eliminates clock period uncertainty of starting waveforms due to set up and hold time requirements in the DBS2050A clock Start Stop circuitry Adjustment resolution is 10 5ps typ 1LSB Care must be taken by the user to insure that the delays for the external trigger and clock signal are equivalent to prevent waveform time slips as External clock is varied Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CSetGateDelay ViSession vi ANTINT16 delay int mode an2050_CSetGateDelay
204. iereeren inisee EEEE EE ENEE EENE EEEa EEEa SE EE E SESE 5 26 Create Standard Wave wiicccccsscccccssseccccsssesceeennees an2050 Creagte tdhtave 5 26 Create Standard Wave 1 cscccccsccsscnseescnsenseasenes an2050 CCreateStdwavell cece 5 28 Create Standard Wave CT an2050 CCreateStdWavell ccc 5 29 x DBS2050A User Manual 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Create amp Load Std Waye w iiiccccceceeeseseeeeeeeeeeees AN2Z050_CCENLOAASCAWAVE senpene 5 30 Create amp Load Std Wave ON an2050 CCENLOAAStAWAVEL oie 5 32 Create amp Load Std Wave T ccscccssccescntecnseenees an2050 CCENLOAAStAWAVET oie estes 5 34 AT bitrary E 5 36 Load WAVELOIM ccesiccssassecescscdsecsons ENER NEESS cine sie ANZOSO SLOAAWAVELOLIN jissnsivessscorzsisexasveresteesdhessy 5 36 Load Waveform N scccssccssccusccesccesceesceescassenees AN2050 SLoadWaveformNesesesesecesenecens 5 37 Load Dual Channel Wave un an2050 SLoadDualChnlWaVeZsesesesesesess 5 39 Load Dual Channel Wave N un an2050 SloadiualChn avez2h 5 40 Load Dual Channel Wave Dup c1ccesecesecnseenees an2050 SLoadDualChn1WaveDup uu 5 42 Load Dual Channel Wave cccccccccssssscceseessceeeeeees an2050 SLoadDual Chn 1 Wave 5 43 Load Waveform for D S 2033 an2050 SLoadWave form 20 5 44 Load Waveform for D S 2033 an2050 SLoadWaveformNn 2055 5 45 DUP PONE Ee EES AER Ae Ee EEN 5 47 Calculat
205. ing Stop the sequencer and set the sequence Bits 4 to 7 Specifies action if the sequence is loaded already 5 98 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Use the loaded sequence and ignore the marker definition specified above Use the loaded sequence but use the marker definition as specified above Keep the loaded sequence make a copy of it and load the new sequence with the new marker definition If this is specified and seqIDslave is already loaded the ID of the new sequence copy will be output in seqNewSlave lt OUTPUT gt seqNewMaster ANTID This parameter is the Master Unit ID of the new copy of seqiDmaster if seqlDmaster is already loaded and mode amp 0xf0 0x20 seqNewMaster will be 0 if no new copy of seqiDmaster is created i e seqiDmaster was not loaded when this function was called seqNewMaster is meaningful only if mode OxfO 0x20 otherwise it contains only garbage seqNewSlave ANTID This parameter is the Slave Unit ID of the new copy of seq Dslave if seqlDslave is already loaded and mode amp 0xf0 0x20 seqNewMaster will be 0 if no new copy of seq Dslave is created i e seqiDslave was not loaded when this fu
206. ing Branching Amplitude MARKERs Title Specification Notes o Waveform segments 4096 Po Waveform memory depth 4 MB per channel in dual channel mode Waveform Branching Yes Under the external control of 16 codes 4 bits the instrument can branch to output different waveform segments Waveform modulus 32 samples in single channel mode 16 samples in dual channel mode Amplitude modulation Both Gain and Offset can be modulated Signal amplitude for channels 1 and 2 can be pattern control updated to new amplitude settings for each waveform segment Amplitude control settling 50ns to within 10 of gain change Measured from minimum to maximum gain time 200ns to within 2 of gain change step Offset control settling time 6us to within 2 of Offset change Ze JL Output Drive EE Output Impedance MARKER 1 2 3 Single Channel Mode Delay begins at the start of the waveform Delay Marker Delay N 32 Fs sequence Dual Channel Mode Marker Delay N 16 Fs N 0 to 2 1 Fs sample frequency MARKER 1 2 3 Single Channel Mode Fs sample frequency Pulse Width Marker Width M 1 32 Fs Dual Channel Mode Marker Width M 1 16 Fs M 0 to 2 1 Branch Vector Input VIL lt 8V VIH gt 2V Voltage Range Branch Trigger Input V threshold OV 1 5V programmable Voltage Threshold Branch Trigger Input Safe 23V continuous Input voltage range is 10V Operating Range Advance Trigger Input V
207. instrument has already connected If so an2050 ERR DEV IN USEF is returned The application should not call this function on the same DBS2050A multiple times If re initialization of the instrument is desired use an2050_reset DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Default Init States Control Default Sample Clock Internal Reference Clock Internal Clock Frequency 2 4GHz Trigger Mode Free Run Mode Single Dual Channel Single DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 7 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual an2050_init continued Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_ init ViChar _ VI FAR instrDesc Vilntl6 idQuery Vilnt16 resetFlag ViPSession vi an2050_ init Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt InstrDesc ViChar_VI_FAR Specifies the instrument descriptor for the instrument with which a session is to be opened The format of this field is VXI INSTR where is the Logical Address of the instrument Example VXI 7 INSTR specifies that the instrument has a logical address of 7 and the interface used to connect to it is VXI Note that f
208. ion instructions Chapter 3 Functional Description provides information on product capabilities Chapter 4 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel SFP provides instructions for Soft Front Panel controls Chapter 5 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software provides information about the DBS2050A driver functions driver and operating system compatibility and a list of all driver functions Appendix A DBS2050A Performance Specifications Appendix B Pre compensation Option for the DBS2050A describes the capabilities and usage of the DBS2050A Frequency Response Pre compensation Option Other manuals supporting operation of this instrument are e DBS2055 4 8GS s Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual e Wavesmith User Manual The DBS2050A is a 2 4GHz Arbitrary Waveform Generator A WG implemented as a two slot C Size VXI module The DBS2050A includes the following capabilities Single 2 4GS or dual channel 1 2GS operation modes Powerful looping advancing and branching 8M samples Waveform Memory Gain and Offset on a waveform Segment basis 1 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual 1 2 The high speed is achieved by clocking two D A converters on opposite phases of a clock that has a frequency of half the output sample rate The output of the two D A converters is alternately sampled by a custom analog combiner ASIC to gene
209. is function returns Bits 1 amp 2 Specifies if the old branch vector should be unloaded 00 Do not unload the sequence for the old branch vector 01 Unload the sequence for the old branch vector only if it is not being used by other branch vectors 10 Unload the sequence for the old branch vector even if it is being used by other branch vectors Note that unloading can only be done if the Sequencer is not running or if running bitO of mode is set Bits 4 to 7 Specifies action if the sequence is loaded already 0 Use the loaded sequence ignore the marker definition specified in m1 m2 m1Array and m2Array 1 Use the loaded one but change the marker definition to that specified in the above variables 2 Keep the loaded one make a copy of it and load the new one with the new marker definition If this is specified and seqID is already loaded the ID of the new copy of seqID is output in seqNew All other bits must be 0 lt OUTPUT gt seqNew ANTID seqNew is the ID of the new copy of seqID if seqID is already loaded and mode amp 0xf0 0x20 seqNew is 0 if no new copy of the seqID is created e seqlD was not loaded when this function was called seqNew is meaningful only if mode amp 0xf0 0x20 otherwise it contains only garbage lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug a
210. ity from the following options e Positive rising edge e Negative falling edge Level The Advance trigger level options are e TTL Default Predefined voltage set by the factory at 1 5V e 0 Volts DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Markers Enable Marker Checkbox Three independent markers are available for use at any time with the DBS2050A These markers are accessible via SMA connectors on the DBS2050A Front Panel Use these checkboxes to select which markers up to three will be active when the Sequence is run If a segment has looping enabled markers may be enabled or disabled If markers are enabled the markers will be generated but only at the start of the first loop If a marker is desired for every loop using a single segment sequence would cause markers to be generated for each segment occurance If a segment has looping disabled the Enable Marker checkbox is ignored and all three markers with the defined Marker Delay and Width will appear each time the segment begins For more information regarding Marker behavior refer to Chapter 3 Functional Description Delay Specify the Marker Delay in samples the start of the marker This value is used to adjust the position of the marker output pulse relative to the start of the waveform segment The maximum
211. keep a copy of the input numSegs to check against this output numSegs to see is segBuf is big enough to hold all the segments segBuf ANTID This is the buffer to receive the IDs of the segments of the sequence seqID The segments in this output array are arranged in running order lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid AWSEINVID if seq D is invalid 5 136 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Get Loaded Sequences DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SGetLoadedSeqs This function gets the IDs of all loaded sequences The user may use an2050_SGetNumSeqsLoaded to get the total number or sequences loaded and then allocate memory for seqIDs and then call this function Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SGetLoadedSegs ViSession vi ANTUINT16 nSeqs ANTID seqIDs ANTUINT16 nSeqsOut an2050_SGetLoadedSeqs Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init nSeqs ANTUINT16 Specifies the size of the array seq Ds If there are more than nSeqs sequences loaded only the IDs of the most recently defined nSeqs of loaded sequences will be output in seqIDs
212. ker mode when a Segment has marker s turned ON enabled the marker pulse appears at 32 clock periods times the associated marker position into the segment and if the segment is looped in any way the marker pulse appears in every loop If there is not enough Sequencer memory to load the sequence an error is returned Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SSetSeqMN ViSession vi ANTID seqID int m1 int m2 int m3 char m1Array char m2Array char m3Array ANTID seqNew int mode an2050_SSetSeqMN Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A seqID ANTID Specifies the ID of the sequence to be run An invalid ID causes an error return m1 int 0 Turn marker 1 OFF for all segments 1 Turn marker 1 ON for all segments 2 Turn marker 1 ON or OFF according to m1Array All other values cause AN2050_SEINVPARM error return m2 int 0 Turn marker 2 OFF for all segments 1 Turn marker 2 ON for all segments 2 Turn marker 2 ON or OFF according to m2Array All other values cause AN2050_SEINVPARM error return m3 int 0 Turn marker 3 OFF for all segments 1 Turn marker 3 ON for all segments 2 Turn marker 3 ON or OFF according to m3Array All other values cause AN2050_SEINVPARM error return m1Array char This parameter is used only if
213. l reference clock Note If the External Reference Clock frequency is not a multiple of 2 5 MHz then changing the External Reference Clock will result in changing the Internal Clock Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSelRefClock ViSession vi int sel an2050_GSelRefClock Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A sel int Specifies the reference clock source Set reference clock source to Internal 1 Set reference clock source to External lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt None None None 5 56 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set External Reference Clock Frequency an2050_GSetExtRefFreq This function specifies the frequency of the external reference clock The frequency must be a multiple of 2 5MHz This function will calculate the correct ratio R to insure that the PLL phase detector frequency is as close to 2 5MHz as possible The actual external reference clock frequency can be any value from 2 5MHz to 100MHz in increments of 2 5MHz 1 This insures that the VCO s used in the PLL have sufficient adjustment range for all requested sample rate frequencies Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetExtRefFreq ViSession v
214. le Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A source ANTINT16 Specifies the branch vector source 0 Front Panel Input 1 Auto Increment lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 127 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set Branch Trigger Mode an2050_GSetBranchTrigMode This function specifies the trigger mode for branching Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetBranchTrigMode ViSession vi ANTUINT16 source ANTUINT16 mode an2050_GSetBranchTrigMode Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A source ANTUINT16 Specifies the Branch Trigger source 0 Trigger source is external SMA 1 Use software function an2050_GTrigger to trigger mode ANTUINT16 Specifies the Branch Trigger Mode desired This is only used if the source specified is external SMA 0 Polarity negative level TTL 1 Polarity negative level zero 2 Polarity positive level TTL 3 Polarity positive level zero All other values are ignored lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK 5 128 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Techno
215. le for the selected DBS2050A div Specifies the clock divider to be used Valid values are 1 2 4 8 to 64 in increments of 8 and 64 to 4 194 304 in increments of 64 lt OUTPUT gt None None lt RETURN gt None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 61 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Signal Path Control These functions control offset gain amplitude filters and output configuration The following functions are included n2050 CSetDiffOffset n2050 CSetWaveGenTol n2050 CSetAmpOffsetDirectOnofft n2050 CSetAmpDirectVal n2050 CSetOffsetDirectVal n2050 CSetFilter n2050 CConfSnglcChn n2050 CConfDualChn D o Dm D D D D D Set Differential Offset an2050_ CSetDiffOffset This function sets a differential offset value for use in Single Channel Mode with Differential output selected If currently in Single Channel Mode with Differential output selected this will take effect immediately Otherwise the desired differential offset val value is stored until the output mode is changed Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CSetDiffOffset ViSession vi ANTFLOAT val an2050_CSetDiffoffset Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This
216. liters second minumum Table 2 Power Requirements for DBS2050A Installing the Module into a Chassis A single DBS2050A module takes up 2 slots and can be installed into any VXI compliant chassis or the Analogic DP7040 2 or DP7020 2 To install the module 1 Verify that the chassis power switch is turned OFF 2 Insert the module into the desired slot by seating the module onto the slot s card guides and sliding it into the chassis until the pin connectors at the rear are connected Firm pressure is required to seat the module properly 3 Screw in the screws provided at the four corners of the module to secure the module to the chassis If the screws do not take hold remove the module and re install 4 Turn the chassis power switch ON The DBS2050A System Pass Fail LED should turn green DBS2050A Preparation and Installation 2 5 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Extracting the Module from a Chassis The DBS2050A may be removed from the chassis by using the two extractors provided at the top and bottom of the module To extract the module 1 Turn the chassis power switch OFF 2 Unscrew the screws holding the module in place 3 Place your thumbs on the top and bottom extractors and apply outward pressure until the module pops out Software Installation The DBS2050A module is capable of interfacing with
217. llowing elements e Segments o Waveform data o Run Time Parameters o Looping and Advancing instructions e One Shot or Continuous instructions A Sequence consists of one or more Segments and sequence controls that define whether the Sequence will run once One Shot or continuously until a trigger event occurs or the Sequence is stopped A Segment consists of Waveform data Run Time Parameters and segment controls for looping advancing branching and markers Waveform data consists of raw 8 bit data which may loaded into Waveform memory using driver functions Run Time Parameters consist of gain and offset settings which are applied to each Segment The following figure describes how to build a waveform sequence DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Define Wave Shapes Distinct Waveforms which contain the data describing the waveform are defined and named These can be loaded arbitrary or Standard Waveforms sine square triangle noise Square Wave Data Sine Wave Data Arbitrary Wave Data Define Run Time Parameters Define Gain and Offset Sets of Run Time Parameters are defined and named containing Gain and Offset values for CH1 and CH2 Waveforms are paired with a particular Run Time Parameter One unique Run Time Parame
218. logy Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Trigger Branch Trigger DBS2050A User Manual an2050_GTrigger This function specifies whether this is a branch or advance trigger and also specifies how the software should react if the current Advance or Branch Trigger Mode source is external SMA Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GTrigger ViSession vi int type int mode an2050_GTrigger Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A type int Specifies whether branch or advance trigger 0 Branch Trigger 1 Advance Trigger mode int Specifies action if Advance Trigger Mode or Branch Trigger Mode is external SMA 0 Do not trigger ignore this function and return error Note that if the trigger source is by software function this function will set the polarity to positive and the level to TTL regardless of what the current trigger mode is 1 Trigger and reset the Advance or Branch Trigger Mode source from external SMA to using the software function from now on 2 Trigger and retain the current Advance or Branch Trigger Mode source reset the source back to external SMA and the polarity and level as they were before the trigger lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK an2050_GEIVPARM if any input value is invalid an2050_GE
219. loopMode ANTID segID ANTID waveIDOut int mode an2050_SDefineDualChnlSegDup Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A wavelDIn ANTID Specifies the ID of the waveform to be duplicated to form dual channel waveform data parmID ANTID Specifies the ID of the run parameters to be used for the dual channel segment being defined loopMode ANTINT16 Specifies the loop mode and loop count of the segment when running Interpretation is as follows 49152 sets both bits below bit 15 Repeating Loop enable If this bit is set the loop count bits 0 11 is ignored The segment repeats until Advance to next segment trigger occurs If this bit is clear and bit 14 is clear the segment repeats the number of times specified in loop count If this bit is clear and bit 14 is set the segment repeats until the advance trigger occurs or the end of loop count is reached whichever happens first bit 14 Advance Trigger enable If this bit is clear advance trigger is ignored If this bit is set see above OR any integer number Number of loops to be repeated for the loop count segment bitO bit1 1 Only valid if bit 15 is clear otherwise ignored To avoid a trapping condition make sure that if bit 15 is set that bit 14 is not set to Ignore A
220. m ceccsccesesseeteeseesetseeecusecseesetseesecaeeeecaceesesitesecaeeeseaecseeaecuteeseneeerents 4 17 Standard tab field descripttong 4 17 Loading an Arbitrary Waveform from a File 4 19 From File tab field descriptions cccccccccecseccecessceseeceseecnseescesecseesecseesecaeecnceeseesecsesecaeeeeneseseeaecseeaesneeeesneeereegs 4 19 SEGMENTS PANEL eooni AARAA EE 4 20 Crearne A SCOMEONE eege E E E ee dee ON E EN 4 21 Segment Name Format and How to Change 4 21 Segment Panel Field Descriptions AANEREN 4 21 SEQUENCE PANEL MA EA ETE E E E E E A EE E EE 4 23 Creating and Running a Aegtence ENEE 4 23 5 DBS2050A 2055 VXIPLUG amp PLAY DRIVER SOFTWARE cscssssssssssssssssssssssssessssessesseesssersesesserseees 5 1 INTRODUCTION einan E 5 1 EE 5 2 Instrument Control Parameters Maintained by the Driver 5 2 St nd ard Waveform affer ese gedreet eege kran dh ayes aa EES pS aaaea a A OE OEE EES aoa E Aa ao aaea 5 2 Waveform Data Memory Management 5 2 Waveform Segment and Sequence ccccsccscessceseeseeseeseesseesceseeseesecseesecaceseesenseaecsessecaeesecetseceeaeeseeaecaeesecneeeneeaees 5 2 Branching rusni i anrnennea ipti sa ea a T AEO aa aa e ea aa E O NE ENAA ES e Oa a a a ean iaia 5 3 Single Channel Mode and Dual Channel Mode 5 3 Guidelines for Creating Applications using the DBS2050A VXIplug amp play Driver 5 4 Output a Waveform with specified run parameter ef 5 4 Output a Sequence with branches set for specific conditions
221. m Using the Soft Front Panel Pre compensation is used to compensate for roll off at higher frequencies It should be used to ensure that the output waveform is very accurate with respect to the desired waveform Pre compensation may be performed via the Waveforms Panel LZ mm x AAL CH DBS2050A 2 4GSa s Single 2050A Mode Controls Waveforms Seaments SeQuence Instruments Signal Path Wavename 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 51 Samples 213 33ns From File Type Sine k Amplitude of FS 100 00 D n eine ER S Number of cycles Number of samples Wave freq Hz Sample rate Sa s a f400e9 l 4 4 00 o ran vj 18 750E 6 L Kies Calculate amp Calculate Channel mode Warnings Driver function an2050_SLoadWaveform Figure 18 Waveforms Panel To pre compensate a waveform 1 Using the switch labeled Mode select to pre compensate in either Pad Mode or Loop Mode If Pad Mode is selected enter the number of pad samples desired This value must be modulo 32 Loop Mode implies that the wave being compensated will repeat indefinitely Pad Mode implies that the wave will be played once either in a sequence with other waves or just by itself In Pad Mode the pre compensation algorithm adds pad samples of value 0 to the beginning and end of the desired wave 2 Click the Pre compensate button A popup browse window will appear requesting the location of the
222. m data memory available lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK 5 134 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Get Sequence Information DBS2050A User Manual an2050 SGetSeqInfo Given the number of points per cycle desired nPts this function calculates the minimum number of points tPts needed based on WAVMaxPts WAVMinPts WAVMod of the waveform generation context specified by the cntxtID that is associated with vi and minPts so that tPts is a multiple of nPts If within maxPts no total number of points can be found to satisfy these criteria the total number of points that will give the least deviation from complete cycles of nPts per cycle is output Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SGetSeqInfo ViSession vi ANTID seqID ANTINT16 numSegs ANTINT 16 segRed ANTINT 16 loopMode H an2050_SGetSeqInfo Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A seqID ANTID Specifies the ID of the sequence for which information is desired lt OUTPUT gt numSegs ANTINT16 Specifies the number of segments in the sequence This numSegs can be used to allocate the proper size buffer for use in a call to an
223. m2Array 0 specifies the first segment m2Array 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqID may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeq nfo mode int Bits 0 to 3 Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not set return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and set the sequence Bits 4 to 7 Specifies action if the Sequence is loaded already Use the loaded sequence ignore the marker definition specified in m1 m2 m3 m1Array m2Array and m3Array Use the loaded one but change the marker definition to that specified in the above variables Keep the loaded one make a copy of it and load the new one with the new marker definition If this is specified and sel is already loaded the ID of the new copy of seqID is output in seqNew lt OUTPUT gt seqNew ANTID seqNew is the ID of the new copy of seqID if seqID is already loaded and mode amp 0xf0 0x20 seqNew is 0 if no new copy of the seqID is created e seqlD was not loaded when this function was called seqNew is meaningful only if mode amp 0xf0 0x20 otherwise it contains only garbage lt RETURN gt 0 if OK VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid an2050
224. mber of points per cycle desired nPts this function calculates the minimum number of points tPts needed based on the hardware properties WAVtotal WAVMaxPts WAVMinpts WAVmod For the 2050 WAVtotal and WAVMaxPts are 8 meg WAVMinPts is 512 and WAVmod is 32 The minimum number of points is calculated based on the above hardware properties of the waveform data generation context specified by the cntxtID that is associated with vi and minPts so that the tPts 1 point will have a phase angle close to zero within WAVtol and that the tPts is an integer multiple of WAVMod If no total number of points can be found to satisfy the WAVtol criteria within maxPts the total number of points that gives the smallest deviation from zero is to be output The nPts will then be re calculated based on the tPts to be output Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CCalcTPts ViSession vi ANTUINT32 tPts float nPts ANTUINT32 minPts ANTUINT32 maxPts an2050_CCalcTPts Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A nPts float Specifies the number of points per cycle desired minPts ANTINT32 Specifies the minimum total number of points desired The actual minimum number of points used in evaluation is the greater of minPts
225. meierg EEN eet 5 103 Define Run Time Parameter AN2Z050_ Gi etinebun arme 5 103 Define Run Time Parameters for DBS2055 an2050 SDefineRunParms 2055 verre 5 104 UNLOAD AND UNDEFINE een Peer er etre tee Ge 5 105 LOG sss ics Pesce E EE Ea as Sa Ea AE TREES aN OV BEDI A CUETO RAS ANE TT 5 105 Unload Waveform ANEREN AN2050 SUNLOAAWAVELOLM eects tees 5 105 Unload Waveform for DS 2033 an2050 SUnloadWaveform 2055N2050sync 5 106 Unload Sequence ccccccesecnsecsecneccseceseceeceueenes an2050 Gtnload eg 5 107 Unload Sequence for DBS2055 sosoo an2050 SUnLoadSeq 2055N20508YNC 5 108 Unload All Sequences cccccssccssecneecneeeseecneeaeeues AN2050_ StUnioad ll ege tenets 5 109 CLC Cea gg eee Ee 5 110 Undefine Run Parameters cccccccccceseeeeeeeeeseeeees ANZ050_SUNGEFRUNPALMS esensi 5 110 Undefine Run Parameters for DBS2055 1 c10se00 an2050_ SUndefRunParms_ 2055N2050sync 5 111 Undefine Segment ccccccneecneecneecneecseecseeeseeues an2050 SUNGSES SG evisssrsseissdcesessesoedelsvsravcassvdtedteys 5 112 Undefine Segment for DS 702 an2050 SUndefSeg 2055N2050SYNC 5 113 Undefine Sequence c ccescccsecnsccneececcseceeeaueenes an2050 Gnde f eg 5 114 Undefine Sequence for DAT an2050 SUndefSeq 2055N2050SYNC 5 115 Undefine All Definitions cccccseccneeeseeeneeeneeees AN2050_ Gnde f l Defs tees 5 116 Ree 5 117 Main eet Bee Pee el a face ne Na Se ae ROR te a el a ee hae ote nee ee Sas Ste Ag aes ae tae eee ae 5 117
226. ment is to run continuously until advanced check the Advance Trig enabled checkbox 5 Click the Create Segment button The segment will be assigned a name and will appear in the Segment name list of the Created Segments table The segment is now available for use in a Sequence Use the Undefine Selected and Undefine All buttons to remove segments from this list Segment Name Format and How to Change When a segment is defined a Segment name is automatically generated The default segment name is the waveform name appended with the gain and offset for the segment The default file name format will be as shown below dual channel mode segment listed listing waveform name gain and offset information for each channel SineG1 1 000 01 0 000 TriangleG2 1 000 02 0 000 Scrolling to the right within the Segment name window will display more information about the segment including hardware internal ID numbers assigned to each element of the segment To change the assigned name double click on the name type the new segment name and hit Enter to accept Segment Panel Field Descriptions Gain Gain values may be entered using the numeric control The valid range for Gain is 0 001 to 1 000 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 4 21 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Offset Offset values may be entered using the numeri
227. mentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode seqlDmaster ANTID Specifies the Master unit ID of the sequence to be copied Invalid ID causes error return and the command is ignored seqlDslave ANTID Specifies the Slave unit ID of the sequence to be copied Invalid ID causes error return and the command is ignored lt OUTPUT gt seqNewMaster ANTID seqNewMaster is the ID of the new copy of seqiDmaster seqNewSlave ANTID seqNewSlave is the ID of the new copy of seqIDslave lt RETURN gt VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seqlD is invalid 5 80 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Single Channel Define Segment DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SDefineSeg This function registers a segment definition that is the waveform data identified by waveID and the run parameters identified by parmID The output segID is used in functions that require segmentID as a parameter If an Out of memory error occurs use Undefine commands to free some memory used by obsolete parameter segment or sequence definitions Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_S
228. mode marker2 will go high at a time determined by m2Pos and go low at a time determined by m1Pos Note that marker2 may stay high across segments For example if m2Pos gt m1Pos marker2 will go high and stay high throughout this segment and beyond until a segment with marker1 turned on is reached If marker1 is not enabled in the combined mode marker2 will go high and remain high indefinitely or until the marker mode is changed to independent marker mode using this command This allows the combined mode gate pulse on marker2 to span multiple segments if desired Marker1 behaves in the same way as it does in independent marker mode If m1Pos and m2Pos are set to the same value in the combined mode marker2 will not be activated See an2050_GConfigMarkers description for m1Pos and m2Pos parameters lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_GEINVPARNM if invalid parameter Other errors may appear DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 5 131 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Configure Markers Note an2050_GConfigMarkers This function is only for use with Rev 0 hardware For Rev I hardware and above use the function an2050_GSetMarker This function is used to set the marke
229. moved from Carrier Figure 3 Carrier Assembly for Two Instrument Modules Figure 4 illustrates a Carrier front panel with labels indicating installed Analogic DBS 901 POWER DE CHIC ACTIVE O 1 0 1 TRIG 1 CLK 1 1 02 CH2 ACTIVE O 1 02 TRIG 2 CLK 2 Analogic DBS 9900 DBS 902 Analogic DBS9900 DBS901 modules DBS901 Top Module 1 and DBS902 Lower Module 2 Figure 4 Carrier with Modules DBS901 and DBS902 Carriers Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Analogie Cartier Model DBS9900 DBS9905 Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation 4 Instrument Modules The table that follows indicates the significant performance specifications of instrument modules that may be installed in each of the two available carriers This chapter provides information of the major performance features of each group Instrument Module Name DBS901 DBS902 DBS903 DBS904 DBS905 DBS906 DBS907 DBS908 DBS909 DBS910 DBS911 DBS912 DBS913 100 MS s 80 MS s 500 MS s 500 MS s 1 GS s 2 GS s 4 GS s 4 GS s 8 GS s 8 GS s 10 MS s Bandwidth 250 MHz 125 MHz 250 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz 2 GHz 4 GHz 2 GHz 2 5 GHz Resolution DBS914 DBS2050A DBS2055 200 KS s 2 4 GS s 4 8 GS s 5 GHz 950 MHz 1 2 GHz 950 MHz 2 G
230. mp play Driver Software 5 123 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set Branch Vector an2050_SSetBranchVector This function sets the Branch Vector vector to the ithSeg segment of sequence seqID This causes sequence seqID to be loaded if it is not currently loaded Any invalid parameter causes an error return and nothing is done Behavior of this function varies depending on mode This function is translated to SSetBranchVectorM vi vector seqID ithSeg 0 0 0 0 0 mode ox10 to always use the loaded sequence if already loaded and set markers OFF Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SSetBranchVector ViSession vi ANTINT16 vector ANTID seqID ANTINT16 ithSeg int mode an2050_SSetBranchVector Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A vector ANTINT16 Specifies the vector to assign Valid range 0 to 15 all others are invalid and is ignored seqID ANTID Specifies the sequence involved This parameter together with the ithSeg specifies to which segment to branch ithSeg ANTINT16 Specifies that the ithSeg segment in sequence seqID is the segment to branch to ithSeg 1 for the 1 segment ithSeg 2 for the 2 segment and
231. n maxPts no total number of points can be found to satisfy the criteria the total number of points that will give the least deviation from it is output The nPts will then be re calculated based on the tPts to be output Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CCreateStdWave ViSession vi float nPts ANTUINT32 maxPts float amp float phase short waveType ANTUINT32 tPts ANTINTS8 data an2050_CCreateStdWave Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A nPts float Specifies the number of points per cycle desired The actual number of points per cycle generated may be slightly different due to the 2050 s restriction of a minimum of 512 points and modulus of 32 The current configuration of standard waveform data generator has the tolerance set at 0 0003 thus the maximum deviation from this function will not be greater than this tolerance maxPts ANTUINT32 Specifies the maximum number of points desired The actual maximum number of points used in evaluation is the smaller of maxPts and size of waveform data memory Use 0 if the default size of the DBS2050A waveform data memory is to be used Invalid values cause the use of the default value WAVMaxPts amp float Specifies the amplitude of the waveform Must be between 0 and 1 full scale phase float Specifies phase angle of the 1s
232. nal Source Clock Divider c1seceeeeeee an2050 G erforclock iw 5 61 SIGNAL PATH EE E E E E E A EE 5 62 Set Differential Oset an2050 ee EE EE eege ee See 5 62 Set Wave General Tolerance wi cccccsssccccssssscecennees an2050 CSetWaveGenTolesserenersnersnerss 5 63 Set Amplitude amp Offset Direct On Off c cccscceseeees an2050_ CSetAmpOffsetDirectOnOff 5 64 Set Amplitude Direct Value nson an2050_ CSetAmpDirect Val eect 5 65 Set Offset Direct Value iicccccssscccccsssscccesssceeennees an2050_ CSetOffsetDirect Valo 5 66 KT an2050 EE LEE 5 67 Configure Single Channel Output cccceeseeeeee an 030 CCOnfSNG CANT EA 5 68 Configure Dual Channel Omg an2050 CConfDualChnd soi tvcssiisveiaivcaenienasi 5 70 SINGLE AND DUAL CHANNEL MODE OPERATION ee 5 71 Single Dual Channel Mode Aelect 5 72 Set Single Dual Channel Output Mode an2050 ebben Menge ee denge 5 72 Segment and Sequence Control easssii sed g et EENS AERE ARENE E 5 73 Set Sequence Start Sequencer with Markers an2050 SSCCSSQMN yrrir rr eco r iert 5 73 Set Sequence Start Sequencer cscccseccsecnseeeseeees an2050 SSSESESG piirrettiin 5 75 Set Sequence Start Sequencer with Markers an2050 SSCCSO GM iececccseseeesseseesenseseeesseeeeeeaey 5 76 SLOP SCQUCICED EREECHEN EE ERAN EE E 5 78 COPY SCQUCNCE svssvacciserssesdacsiscssieenseasansssestsecess ANZO5O SCOPY EE 5 79 Copy Sequence for DBS2055 2050AdualSync an2050 SCopySeq 2055N2Z0508yNC eee 5 80 Single E 5
233. ncer Memory This function takes only waveforms that are multiples of 32 and will return an error if the total number of data points is not a multiple of 32 Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SLoadWaveform ViSession vi ANTINT32 numPts ANTINTS8 data ANTINT16 flags ANTID wavelD int mode an2050_SLoadWaveform Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A numPts ANTINT32 Specifies the total number of data points in data data ANTINT8 Contains the waveform data The array size is numPts All values in data are interpreted as byte integers flags ANTINT16 Miscellaneous flags Bit 0 0 for Single Channel waveform data Bit 0 1 for Dual Channel waveform data All other bits must be 0 mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform lt OUTPUT gt wavelD ANTID WavelD is a unique number to represent the waveform being loaded lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_MENOMEM Not enough local memory an2050_MEVXINOMEM Not enough An2050 memory to load the waveform data This means there is not enough total free memory space To resolve this the user would need to unload some loaded waveform data in order to make space for this wave an2050_MENOSEG All an2050_MMaxSegs segments have been use
234. ncing can be pre programmed and then triggered via front panel inputs or via the VXIplug amp play driver software Triggering via software or external signal includes triggered start stop start stop and gated modes Branch triggering allows up to 16 waveform sequences to be set up Then an external branch vector and branch trigger can be used to arbitrarily select the sequence This provides very fast external control over waveform generation Analog signal outputs are provided as differential or single ended for one channel operation and single ended when in two channel mode Output amplitude is 1 Vp p max in X1 output or 4Vp p max when using the X4 output Offset can be set to 3 5V with 2mV resolution The internal sample clock is programmable over a range of 600 S s to 2 4 GS s It is derived from a phase lock loop PLL that can be phase locked to an external reference clock A front panel clock input is also provided Three separate marker outputs are available with programmable widths and delays DBS2050A Introduction 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Calibration parameters are loaded from EEPROM during initialization Yearly re certification is recommended In addition a User Calibration utility accessible from the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel software is provided to allow re calibration of the unit when
235. nction was called seqNewMaster is meaningful only if mode Oxf0 0x20 otherwise it contains only garbage lt RETURN gt VI_SUCCESS if successful an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID used in function call VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if viMaster or viSlave is invalid DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 99 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set and Start Sequence an2050 SSetSeqMN_ 2055N2050sync This function loads the specified sequence into the Sequencer Memory if not already loaded sets the desired markers as specified by m1 Master m2Master m3Master ml ArrayMaster and m2ArrayMaster and similar Slave parameters In normal marker mode when a segment has marker s turned on the marker pulse will appear at 32 clock periods times the associated marker position set through the function an2050_GConfigMarkers into the segment and if the segment is looped in any way the marker pulse will appear in every loop An error will be returned and nothing done if there is not enough memory in Sequencer Memory to load the sequence Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SsetSeqMN_2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTID seqIDmaster ANTID seqIDslave int m1 Master int m2Master char m1 ArrayMaster char m2ArrayMa
236. nd assigns a waveform ID waveID to the waveform data This function calculates the total number of points tPts needed based on the minimum number of points nPts per cycle desired 512 for the DBS2050 and the modulus size 32 for the 2050 required by the hardware and generates the specified waveform data The tPts calculated is a multiple of the modulus size and has at least the minimum number of points required by the hardware The number of points per cycle is close to nPts within a pre set tolerance default tolerance is 0 0003 settable using an2050_CSetWaveGenTol If within maxPts no total number of points can be found to satisfy the criteria the total number of points that will give the least deviation from it is output The nPts will then be re calculated based on the tPts to be output This function also loads the waveform data into Waveform Memory A waveform must be loaded into the AN2050 Waveform Memory before it can be used as part of a segment definition If the Waveform Memory is fragmented this function will re arrange if necessary to make room for the waveform data Starting Address is updated for all segments that are currently loaded into Sequencer Memory This function takes only waveforms that are multiples of 32 and will return an error if the total number of data points is not a multiple of 32 Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CCrNLoadStdWave ViSession vi
237. ndix B 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Pre compensation Function Prototype Parameter Descriptions DesiredWaveform DesLen FreqRespCorrection FreqLen InputFreqSpacing SampleFreq LoopOrPad UnitType CorrectedWaveform CorrLen PadSamples MinOutput MaxOutput DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 Void stdcall Pre compensation float32 DesiredWaveform int32 DesLen cmplx64 FreqRespCorrection int32 FreqLen float32 InputFreqSpacing float32 SampleFreq Int16 LoopOrPad Intl16 UnitType oat32 CorrectedWaveform int32 CorrLen uInt32 PadSamples float32 MinOutput float32 MaxOutput h GG Represents the Desired Waveform array Represents the number of data points in the Desired Waveform Frequency response correction array this can be obtained from the data file shipped on the floppy disk Represents the number of elements in the FreqRespCorrection array Frequency response correction frequency spacing usually equaling 106 The Sample Clock frequency Loop Mode 1 Pad Mode 0 DBS2050A 0 Corrected waveform array returned by the pre compensation algorithm Represents the length of the corrected waveform array Represents the number of pad samples returned number added to beginning and end of waveform R
238. ng an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VILERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi other error values 5 20 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Shutdown Reset Reset the 2050 DBS2050A User Manual These functions reset test and close the instrument The following functions are included an2050 reset an2050 CResetNTest an2050 close an2050 cl oseAl an2050 reset This function resets the DBS2050A hardware digital board and output board Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_reset ViSession vi an2050_ reset Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt Return ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VILERROR_INV_SESSION if invalid vi ed error codes may be passed into an2050_errorMessage for the description of the error DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Reset
239. ns while the sequencer is restarting or while the waveform is in progress the trigger will be ignored In internal trigger mode the external trigger is ignored and the waveform starts as soon as the sequencer arms it The waveform sequence runs to the last sample and then the output goes to a midscale DAC value zero while holding constant the last gain and offset setting At this time the waveform does not re arm or restart DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Triggers This section describes the three types of triggers available in the DBS2050A e Main Trigger used to initiate and optionally stop a sequence e Advance Trigger used to advance from one segment to the next within a sequence e Branch Trigger used in conjunction with the branch vector to arbitrarily jump or branch to one of sixteen sequences Main Trigger The Main Trigger is used to initiate and optionally stop a sequence It is configured by setting the parameters described in the following table Table 9 Main Trigger Parameters Trigger Mode Main Trigger Mode Description Free Run In Free Run mode the first sample of the waveform starts after the sequencer arms and proceeds indefinitely as the waveform data sequence is run Triggered Start In Start trigger mode the first sample of the wa
240. nt bitO bit11 Number of loops to be repeated for the segment Only valid if bit 15 is clear otherwise ignored To avoid a trapping condition make sure that if bit 15 is set that bit 14 is not set to Ignore Advance Trigger Otherwise the segment will run indefinitely until the entire Sequence is terminated DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 5 95 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual lt OUTPUT gt segID ANTID Specifies the segment ID for the segment just defined lt RETURN gt 0 if OK 5 96 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual DBS2055 and DBS2050A Dual Synchronous Segment and Sequence Definition Set and Start Sequence an2050_SSetSeqM 2055N2050sync This function loads the specified sequence into the Sequencer Memory if not already loaded sets the desired markers as specified by ml Master m2Master ml ArrayMaster and m2ArrayMaster and similar Slave parameters and enables the running of the sequence In normal marker mode when a segment has marker s turned on the marker pulse will appear at 32 clock periods times the associated marker position set thr
241. nteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual the Advance Trigger button on the Sequence panel or the Advance Trigger SMA connector on the DBS2050A Front Panel depending upon what was configured in the Advance Trigger Source field on the Controls panel 5 Select whether to play the sequence Once or Continuously Sequence lt ZC Segment 1 n times xX Segment 2 n times xX Segment 3 n times Sequence either plays once or continuously 6 When ready click the Run Sequence button to run the Sequence Click Stop Sequence to stop the Sequence 4 24 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual 5 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software Introduction The DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software provides convenient access to the DBS2050A and thus relieves the user from having to know the details of DBS2050A hardware The User can use this driver to create his her own DBS2050A application The driver software is released as a DLL and supports multi boards in a chassis It supports VXI MXI and IEEE 1394 Firewire interfaces This driver also serves as the underlying support software for the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel application that implements some of the most common DBS2050A operations The driver provides the capability of maintainin
242. ode Output Configuration To set up Dual Channel Mode l Set the Output Mode to Dual Channel using function an2050 CSetChnlMode Configure Dual Channel Output using function an2050 CConfDualChnl In Dual Channel Mode the following parameters are available for output configuration Head A or B Possible selections include the following scenarios Output Head A for both Channel 1 and Channel 2 Output 1A Output 2A Output Head B for both Channel 1 and Channel 2 Output 1B Output 2B Output Head A for Channel 1 Output Head B for Channel 2 Output 1A Output 2B Output Head B for Channel 1 Output Head A for Channel 2 Output 1B Output 2A All outputs can be X1 or X4 Note Differential output is not possible in Dual Channel Mode DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 3 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Analog Signal Path Gain and Offset Control The analog signal path processes waveform data from the DBS2050A Signal path capabilities are waveform gain and offset control selectable low pass filters output head switching relays single ended and differential output modes and X1 or X4 output amplifiers The DBS2050A has 60db 1000 1 gain control range on each channel X1 single ended with a maximum output of 1 0Vp p X1 differential with a maximum output of 2 0Vp p and X4 single ended with
243. odule contains the circuitry necessary to operate independently for a complete channel of analog input or output This design allows a single VXI chassis slot to provide multiple functions Major performance features are described in this paragraph Detailed specifications are contained in the Carrier Instruction Manual The entire VXI interface is implemented in a single device Platinum providing increased reliability and lower cost The Carrier contains the basic register set for a register based VXI device and also the CLASS Dependent Register set used for functions common to all modules resident on the DBS9900 Each Carrier provides instrumentation for both internal and external triggering Versatile clocking and triggering is provided via internal circuitry Front panel connectors accept VXI TTLTRG or ECLTRG lines The internal clock may be used to drive all plug in function modules simultaneously so that clock skew and delays are minimized This allows coherent operation of multiple plug in modules Programmable trigger and clock thresholds are provided for each module 3 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Analogic Stimulus Measurement Instrumentation Carrier Configurations Figure 3 illustrates the Assembly of a typical Carrier Front panel labels identifying the installed modules are affixed on the Carrier extractors Installed Module Module Re
244. oints actually loaded into waveform data memory wavelD ANTID WavelD is a unique number to represent the waveform being loaded lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_MENOMEM Not enough local memory an2050_MEVXINOMEM Not enough An2050 memory to load the waveform data an2050_MENOSEG All an2050_MMaxSegs segments have been used 5 38 Valid Pad Values Using Bits 0 to 7 Signed Byte Offset Binary Description Bit8 0 Bit8 1 Ox7F 127 0x01 1 0x00 0 Ox8F 1 0x81 127 0x80 128 OxFF 127 maximum positive value 0x81 1 one LSB above mid value 0x80 0 mid value 0 volts Ox7F 1 one LSB below mid value 0x01 127 maximum negative value 0x00 128 one LSB below maximum negative value DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Load Dual Channel Wave2 DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SLoadDualChnlWave2 This function merges two waveform data variables wavel and wave2 to form the waveform data for dual channel use and loads the resulting waveform into Waveform Memory The waveform data created by the combination of wavel and wave2 is pointed to by the variable wavelD Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SLoadDualChn1Wave2 ViSession vi ANTID waveID ANTINT32 numPts ANTINT8 wavel ANTI
245. oints and the multiple of 64 requirements If these requirements can t be met on complete cycles within the specified maximum number of points maxPts the driver will pick the best fit that has at least 1024 points And the total number of points that is actually loaded into the waveform data memory will be output in tPts 01 Instructs the driver to pad the waveform data with the value specified in bit 0 to bit 7 until the minimum 1024 and multiple of 64 requirements are met The actual total number of data points loaded after padding will be output in tPts 00 Instructs the driver to return error AN2050_SEINVPARM and not to load the data Bit 8 specifies the data format in data and the least significant byte of padMode 0 the format is regular byte integer i e Ox0 0 Ox1 1 0x7f 127 Ox80 128 0x81 127 Oxff 1 1 the format is an2050 format i e OxO 128 0x1 127 0x7f 1 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 45 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Ox80 0 Oxff 127 Bits 0 to 7 This is in effect only if bits 15 and 14 are 01 Data format of this byte depends on bit 8 of padMode When in effect these bits specify the padding value If the value of these bits is 128 if bit 8 of padMode is set this is 0x00 if that bit is clear this is 0x
246. oints per cycle desired Phase Angle Specify the phase angle to begin with in radians This has no effect if the waveform type selected is Noise See the section on Waveform Creation in the DBS2050A VXIplug amp play Driver Software chapter DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Arbitrary Waveform Requirements Waveform data must have a minimum of 512 data points The number of data points must be a multiple of 32 and at least 512 points In cases where the waveforms do not meet these requirements the following options are available e The waveform data can be repeated until the requirements are met e The waveform data can be padded with a value specified by the user for example the value of the last data point in the waveform or some other desired value The DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel allows the waveform to be repeated or to be padded using the last data point value Waveform Data Types The VXIplug amp play Driver accepts only an array of raw binary data The SFP can accept various file formats If Autoscale is enabled in the SFP see the Soft Front Panel chapter for details on data formats Table 6 Waveform Data Types Driver SFP No Autoscale Offset Binary 2 s Compliment Full Scale 255 127 0 128 0 Full Scale 0 127
247. on 1 Introduction Analogic offers a complete product line of platforms carriers instruments modules circuit boards and software These are used to configure high speed high precision stimulus measurement test systems for a broad range of applications in the development laboratory and on the factory floor This Addendum includes a brief description of the product line including software packages It also includes examples of test systems that may be configured for typical Stimulus Measurement applications Details of Installation Operation and Maintenance of each product are contained in separate instruction manuals for those products such as DBS2050A 2 4 GS s Dual Channel Arbitrary Waveform Generator User s Manual NOTE Information included in this addendum describes options and accessories that may not be installed in your equipment Consult your configuration listing for those that apply to your unit The Stimulus Measurement System Platform Test Sets As shown in Figure 1A there are two main streams of Stimulus Measurement Test Instruments Each stream contains a combination of hardware and software units to generate electronic stimulus signals and to measure output electronic responses They provide the user with a family of compatible hardware and software units from which to configure a cost effective application specific Stimulus Measurement Test System Whatever the final configuration each platform test
248. on panel the Instruments Panel shown below will appear Use the Instruments panel to reset or calibrate the active module Instruments Signal Path D Waveforms Se SeQuence Module Designation Slot Logical Address Initial Temp C Current Temp C DBS 20504 Selected 1 192 36 08 36 08 Start New Session Calibrate Read Temperature Show Details gt gt Channel aade Warmings Driver function an2050_GGetClockFreq Figure 10 Instruments Panel Channel Mode At the bottom of the panel is the Channel mode drop down menu for channel mode configuration The DBS2050A signals may be output in Single Channel or Dual Channel mode Refer to Chapter 3 Functional Description for more information on Single and Dual Channel modes 4 4 DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Start New Session User Calibration DBS2050A User Manual Single Channel Mode allows an output signal with a sample rate up to 2 4GS s Dual Channel Mode allows two independent signals each with a sample rate up to 1 2GS s Note The selection of channel mode may change the appearance of any of the other tab sheets To close the session with the selected module click the Start New Session button The Initialization panel will re appear allowing the User to select another module from the Available Modules
249. or an an2050_init VXI and INSTR are expected This instrDesc may be constructed using the following example C code sprintf instrDesc VXI d INSTR LogicAddr where LogicAddr is the logical address of the instrument of interest and may be obtained by using an2050_scanChassis idQuery Vilnt16 Valid Values Interpretation VI TRUE Perform ID Query VI_FALSE Do not perform ID Query This parameter informs the function to compare the opened instrument s manufacturer s ID and model code with that of the DBS2050A module If the manufacturer ID does not match the function returns an2050_ERR_INV_MANF_ID If the model code does not match the function returns an2050_ERR_INV_MODEL_CODE However for an2050 implementation regardless of the value of idQuery the ID Query is always performed and the above specified error codes returned if it is not a DBS2050A instrument resetFlag Vilnt16 Valid Values Interpretation VI_TRUE Perform soft reset VI_FALSE Do not perform soft reset This parameter informs the function whether or not to perform a soft reset on the instrument lt OUTPUT gt vi ViPSession This is an output parameter which contains a valid session handle to the instrument which has satisfied the instrument descriptor If the function fails this parameter will contain a value of zero This wi should be used in all driver functions that take a ViSession
250. orm can be performed in two ways The waveform of the complete sequence with any looped segments flattened i e N Loops converted to N segments should be pre compensated the same as for a Single Segment Sequence as described above One Shot Any individual segment is affected by the waveform in the adjacent segments Thus to obtain the corrected waveform for any segment N we must pass segments N 1 N and N 1 separately through the Pre compensation program with LoopOrPad 0 The Pad samples at the start and end of segment N are removed They can be used later for segments N 1 and N 1 The pad samples from the end of segment N 1 are added to the beginning samples of segment N in time order i e first pad sample adds to first segment value second pad sample to second segment value etc The pad samples at the beginning of segment N 1 are added to the end of segment N in time order i e Last pad sample adds to Last segment value second to last pad sample to second to last segment value etc As a result of this operation the segment N size is the same as the Desired segment N size Looping Continuously The procedure is the same as One Shot except the pads are wrapped as shown at the bottom of the figure DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Multiple Segment Sequence One Shot Da 1 Daat De
251. otal number of points generated This meets the hardware requirement For AN2050 tPts is at least 512 and is a multiple of 32 wavelD ANTID wavelD is the waveform ID assigned to the generated waveform data lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 33 DBS2050A User Manual Create amp Load Std Wave T an2050_CCrNLoadStdWaveT This function is similar to an2050_CCreateStdWaveT except it loads the generated standard waveform data into the Waveform Memory for single channel use and assigns a waveform ID wavelID to the waveform data This function calculates the total number of points tPts needed based on the minimum number of points nPts per cycle desired 512 for the DBS2050 and the modulus size 32 for the 2050 required by the hardware and generates the specified waveform data The tPts calculated is a multiple of the modulus size and has at least the minimum number of points required by the hardware The number of points per cycle is close to nPts within a pre set tolerance default tolerance is 0 0003 settable using an2050_ CSetWaveGenTol If within maxPts no total number of points can be found to satisfy the criteria the total number of points that will give the least deviation from it is
252. other fields The calculator is a graphical representation of the formula used to calculate wave frequency The first parameter Sample Rate cannot be changed on the Waveforms panel it must be changed on the Controls panel under the clock sampling rate Two parameters can be entered to calculate the other parameter For example to calculate the number of samples click on the Calculate button under the Number of Samples control Enter the desired wave frequency in Hz and desired number of cycles As each value is entered the number of samples needed will be calculated and displayed Because the number of samples must be modulo 32 in Dual Channel Mode the driver will allow for Modulo 16 waveforms the calculator may adjust the frequency as needed to obtain valid values If this happens and an exact frequency is needed slowly adjust the number of cycles The wave frequency will update until the next allowable number of samples is reached This is the inherent feature of the calculator if an invalid value is entered into a control or if a calculated value is out of range the controls will automatically be coerced to valid values Note When calculating the number of cycles non integer values are allowed It is recommended that once the number of cycles is calculated the Calculate indicator be changed to calculate the frequency and then the number of cycles be re entered to the nearest whole number Sample Rate Displays the Sample Rate
253. ough the function an2050_ GConfigMarkers into the segment and if the segment is looped in any way the marker pulse will appear in every loop An error will be returned and nothing done if there is not enough memory in Sequencer Memory to load the sequence Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SSetSeqM_2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTID seqIDmaster ANTID seqIDslave int m1 Master int m2Master char m1 ArrayMaster char m2ArrayMaster int m1Slave int m2Slave char m1ArraySlave char m2ArraySlave ANTID seqNewMaster ANTID seqNewSlave int modeMaster int modeSlave an2050_SSetSeqM 2055N2050sync Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode seqlDmaster ANTID The sequence ID of the sequence to be run An invalid ID will cause an error return and no action seqIDslave ANTID The sequence ID of the sequence to be run An invalid ID will cause an error return and no action m1Master int Marker enable for markers on the Master unit 0 Turn Marker 1 OFF for all segments 1 Turn Marker 1 ON for all segments 2 Turn Marker 1 ON or OFF according to m1ArrayMaster All others cause
254. output The nPts will then be re calculated based on the tPts to be output This function loads the waveform data into Waveform Memory A waveform must be loaded into the AN2050 Waveform Memory before it can be used as part of a segment definition If the Waveform Memory is fragmented this function will re arrange if necessary to make room for the waveform data Starting Address is updated for all segments that are currently loaded into Sequencer Memory This function takes only waveforms that are multiples of 32 and will return an error if the total number of data points is not a multiple of 32 Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CCrNLoadStdWaveT ViSession vi float nPts float amp float phase short waveType ANTUINT32 tPts ANTID wavelD short mode an2050_CCrNLoadStdWaveT Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A nPts float Specifies the number of points per cycle desired amp float Specifies the amplitude of the waveform Must be between 0 and 1 full scale phase float Specifies the phase angle of the first data point in radians This has no effect if the waveType specified is WAVCTYPENOISE waveType short Specifies the type of waveform to generate Valid values are WAVCWAVESINE for sine wave WAVCWAVESQUARE for square wave WAVCWAVETRIANGLE for triangle wave WAVCWA
255. output to Channel 1 and wave2 data will output to Channel 2 lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_MENOMEM Not enough local memory an2050_MEVXINOMEM Not enough An2050 memory to load the waveform data an2050_MENOSEG All an2050_MMaxSegs segments have been used DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 41 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Load Dual Channel Wave Dup an2050_SLoadDualChn1lWaveDup This function duplicates the waveform data wave for dual channel mode and loads the resulting waveform so that the same wave will output to both Channel and Channel 2 If a waveform is to be used in both single channel mode and dual channel mode the most efficient way to do this is to load the waveform data as for single channel mode use then use one of the following to define the segment for dual channel mode use e an2050_SDefineDualChnlSeg if the waveform is to be used with other waveform data to form dual channel mode waveform data e an2050_SDefineDualChnlSegDup if this same waveform is to be output to both channels in dual channel mode Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SLoadDualChn1WaveDup ViSession vi ANTID wavelD ANTINT32 numPts ANTINTS8 wave int mode an2050_SLoadDualChn1lWaveDup Pa
256. pensation Library d and Pre compensation Correction Data for the DBS2050A that is to run the waveform Contents The pre compensation kit includes 1 Two Pre compensation filter cable assemblies 2 Floppy disk containing pre compensation correction data for the specific DBS2050A referenced on the floppy label by the DBS2050A Serial Number The information contained on this disk is matched to the instrument and the reference cables At the factory prior to shipment pre compensation correction data is calculated for a specific DBS2050A instrument and pre compensation filter cable attached This correction data is used to increase the accuracy increase the frequency response flatness of the DBS2050A to a maximum frequency of 1 19GHz 0 5f where f sample clock 3 Pre compensation Library d supplied on the standard DBS2050A 2055 Software CD supplied with the DBS2050A Visually inspect the cable assemblies regularly for wear and tear prior to use DBS2050A Appendix B 1 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Installation Software Components Pre compensation Library The Pre compensation Library is supplied as a dynamic link library file dll located on the standard DBS2050A 2055 Software CD The driver is automatically installed via a simple setup exe script along with all other DBS2050A 2055 softw
257. ple clock periods Range 0 to 4095 If an out of range value is entered and error will be returned To retain the old position enter 1 lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_GEINVPARNM if invalid parameter Other errors may appear 5 130 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Set Marker Mode DBS2050A User Manual an2050_GSetMarkerMode Note This function is only for use with Rev 0 hardware For Rev I hardware and above use the function an2050_GSetMarker This function is used to set the marker mode to mode Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetMarkerMode ViSession vi int mode an2050_GSetMarkerMode Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A mode int Specifies the marker mode 0 Independent marker mode In this mode the two markers act independently and each marker pulse width is 2 x 32 sampling clocks When a segment has markers turned on the marker1 pulse will appear at 32 times m1Pos clock periods into the segment The marker2 pulse will appear at 32 times m2Pos clock periods into the segment and if the segment is looped in any way the marker pulse will appear in every loop 1 Combined marker mode In this
258. ple frequency in MHz Sampling frequencies are from 600 to 2 4GHz for Single Channel Mode and 300Hz to 1 2GHz for Dual Channel Mode External Clock An external clock can be used directly or can be divided internally to create the Sample Clock The user can specify both the applied external clock frequency and the desired sample clock frequency The driver then calculates the closest divider ratio to use Alternatively the user can specify the external clock frequency and the desired divide ratio Valid divider ratio are discrete integers and are not continuous If the divider specified is not valid the DBS2050A driver will snap to the nearest valid divider whose reciprocal is the nearest to 1 div Valid dividers are 1 2 4 8 to 64 in steps of 8 and from 64 to 4 194 394 in steps of 64 The external clock frequency may be from 100kHz to 2 4GHz Sampling frequencies may be specified from 600Hz to 2 4GHz for Single Channel Mode and from 300Hz to 1 2GHz for Dual Channel Mode When using an External Clock the sample frequency value must be accurately provided to the driver This allows the driver to set frequency dependent calibration parameters Note In Dual Channel Mode the sample rate is 2 the external clock rate In Single Channel Mode the sample rate is equal to the external clock rate 3 8 DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE
259. ption lt INPUT gt vi ViSession The session of the instrument being acted upon This was obtained by calling an2050_init lt OUTPUT gt digiSer ViChar VI EAR The Digital Board Serial number is output in digiSer as an ASCII string digiSer must be at least 16 bytes outSer ViChar VI EAR The Output Board Serial number is output in outSer as an ASCII string outSer must be at least 16 bytes calibDoc ViChar MI EAR The Calibration Procedure Document number is output in calibDoc as an ASCII string calibDoc must be at least 16 bytes lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_NSUP_OPER Unsupported operation If the hardware revision is smaller than 2 then no serial number is recorded in EEPROM 5 148 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Appendix A DBS2050A Performance Specifications Note All specifications with 50 ohm load unless otherwise specified Clock and Timing Maximum Sample Rate 2 4Gs s Single Channel Mode 1 2Gs s Dual Channel Mode Minimum Sample Rate 600s s Single Channel Mode 300s s Dual Channel Mode Clock Modifier 1 2 4 8 High Speed Internal amp External clock Time Base Divider 8 to 64 in steps of 8 DIVA 64 to 4194304 in steps of 64 DIVB Clock
260. r Vilnt16 logicAddrSlave Vilnt16 idQuery Vilnt16 resetFlag Vilnt16 mode ViPSession viMaster ViPSession viSlave an2050_SetInstrumentMode Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt logicAddrMaster Vilnt16 The Logical Address of the Master unit or single 2050A logicAddrSlave Vilnt16 The Logical Address of the Slave unit Enter 0 for Single 2050A mode idQuery Vilnt16 This parameter informs the function whether to compare the opened Instrument e manufacturer s ID and model code with that of the DBS2050A module VI_TRUE Perform ID Query VI_FALSE Do not perform ID Query resetFlag Vilnt16 This parameter informs the function whether or not to perform a soft reset on the instrument VI_TRUE Perform a soft reset VI_FALSE Do not perform soft reset mode Vilnt16 This parameter selects the mode of operation 0 DBS2050_SINGLE_MODE Single DBS2050A mode 1 DBS2050_SYNC_MODE DBS2050A Dual Sync mode 2 DBS2055_ MODE DBS2055 mode lt OUTPUT gt viMaster ViPSession This parameter contains a valid session handle to the instrument that has satisfied the instrument descriptor If the function fails this parameter will contain a value of zero This vi should be used in all driver functions that take a ViSession as an input parameter to access this device viSlave ViPSession This parameter contains a valid session handle to the instrument that has satisfied the instrument desc
261. r 3 of the corresponding segment i e m3ArraySlave 0 specifies the first segment m3ArraySlave 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 will cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqIDSlave this may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeaq Info This parameter is ignored if m3Slave is not 2 modeMaster int This parameter dictates function behavior if the sequencer is already running Bits 0 to 3 Specifies action if Run Sequencer is currently enabled Do not set return with AWSESQNCRRUNNING to indicate that the sequencer is running Stop the sequencer and set the sequence Bits 4 to 7 Specifies action if the sequence is loaded already Use the loaded sequence and ignore the marker definition specified above Use the loaded sequence but use the marker definition as specified above Keep the loaded sequence make a copy of it and load the new sequence with the new marker definition If this is specified and seqlDmaster is already loaded the ID of the new sequence copy will be output in seqNewMaster modeSlave int This parameter dictates function behavior if the sequencer is already running Bits 0 to 3 Specifies action if Run Sequencer is currently enabled Do not set return with AWSESQNCRRUNN
262. r mode to mode and allows setting of the marker delays Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GConfigMarkers ViSession vi int mode ANTINT32 m1Pos ANTINT32 m2Pos an2050_GConfigMarkers Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A mode int Specifies the marker mode 0 Independent marker mode In this mode the two markers act independently and each marker pulse width is 2 x 32 sampling clocks When a segment has markers turned on the marker1 pulse will appear at 32 times m1Pos clock periods into the segment The marker2 pulse will appear at 32 times m2Pos clock periods into the segment and if the segment is looped in any way the marker pulse will appear in every loop 1 Combined marker mode In this mode marker2 will go high at a time determined by m2Pos and go low at a time determined by m1Pos Note that marker2 may stay high across segments For example if m2Pos gt m1Pos marker2 will go high and stay high throughout this segment and beyond until a segment with marker1 turned on is reached If marker1 is not enabled in the combined mode marker2 will go high and remain high indefinitely or until the marker mode is changed to independent marker mode using this command This allows the combined mode gate pulse on marker2 to span multiple segments if desired Marker1
263. rameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A numPts ANTINT32 Specifies the number of data points in the waveform data array wave wave ANTINT8 Specifies the waveform data array to be duplicated to form the dual channel waveform data mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform lt OUTPUT gt wavelD ANTID Specifies the waveform ID for the newly created dual channel mode waveform data lt RETURN gt 0 if OK 5 42 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Load Dual Channel Wave an2050_SLoadDualChnlWave This function can be used to load waveform data that was created for dual channel mode Odd numbered data is output to Channel and even numbered data is output to Channel 2 to form a continuous waveform Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SLoadDualChn1Wave ViSession vi ANTID wavelID ANTINT32 numPts ANTINTS8 wave int mode an2050_SLoadDualChnlWave Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A numPts ANTINT32 Specifies the number of data points in
264. rate a sampled output at twice the D A clock rate This architecture provides the flexibility of both single and dual channel operation in a single instrument Dual channel operation allows two output signals to be output at 1 2 GS with very precise alignment between the channels critical to I Q signal generation and other applications This concept is taken one step further with the DBS2055 4 8GS Arb The DBS2055 can be configured as a single channel at 4 8GS two at 2 4GS or four at 1 2GS all with very precise alignment The DBS2050A and DBS2055 use common hardware driver and Soft Front Panel software to ease migration The DBS2050A provides 8M samples of waveform memory When using dual channel operation 4M samples per channel are available Sequencing branching and looping of up to 4096 memory segments allow very efficient use of memory and can be used to generate complex waveforms Each segment consists of waveform data with sequencing information to allow looping that segment once a number of times or continuously or to repeat until an Advance trigger event occurs to cause the sequencer to Advance to the next segment Each segment has settings for gain and offset control This powerful capability can be used to do offset or amplitude sweeps very quickly with a single segment of waveform data Sequences contain one or more segments Sequences can be set to loop continuously or run in one shot mode Looping Branching and Adva
265. rations 3 4 To set up Single Channel Mode 1 Set the Output Mode to Single Channel using function an2050 CSetChn1Mode 2 Configure Single Channel Output using function an2050 CConfSng1lChn1 with parameters as shown in the table below Table 3 Sample Parameter Definitions an2050 CConfSnglChnl Parameter Settings DESIRED OUTPUT CONFIG Differential CH1 to Output 1A CH1 to Output 2A Differential CH1 to Output 1B CH1 to Output 2B Single Ended X1 CH1 to Output 1A No signal Output 2A Single Ended X1 CH1 to Output 1B No signal Output 2B Single Ended X4 CH1 to Output 1A No signal Output 2A same as Single Ended X1 except 4 times larger Single Ended X4 CH1 to Output 1B No signal Output 2B same as Single Ended X1 except 4 times larger DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Dual Channel Mode Output Configuration In dual channel mode even indexed waveform data the first data point index 0 is output to Channel 1 and odd indexed waveform data is output to Channel 2 at sample rates up to 1 2GS s on each channel This requires that waveforms be defined specifically for dual channel use There are driver functions to aid in the creation of waveforms formatted properly for dual channel use see the list below Setting Up Dual Channel M
266. re i ee eiiiai i naes 4 5 Read Temperat re diseire eiiie reire OEE a e Eea ETEO E E EA EENE EE e OE re EEE nies 4 6 Show Details resnie eroe E RE RE EEE E ENESE EA EKOE TNE EO EKE EAEE EKEKO E KFE 4 7 SIGNAL ER 4 8 Forn eaa eE EE E EE 4 8 Output CONES sissen er a e aa a re e ra a eee deenen 4 8 EIER gertehesbteeeeggiedee E EEE AO EOE AE AENEA EE E E OE E E E EA eg 4 9 Direct Gain and Offset Mode ere ceiioreiei eosar a naaa eae oi eaaa E ae e enaA Eaa EEEE aean E EERS 4 9 Direct Gaimana Offset Values nsdurdirehiessriasin asean eE a a e a a N aeoiee 4 9 Configuring the Output Signals c ccecccccccccsceesceseescnsesseesecsecseeseesecseeaecaeeeecscecseesecsesseceeseceesesseaecseeaecneeeesneeereegs 4 10 CONTROLS PANED oeiecinee cearo keisere ra TEn Zeen E E RTOs ESARET EERE EAEN E ERRANEN EEEE EEEE EEEE EERE EEEE EAREN ESERE 4 11 e 4 12 Reference OCI eer een Cage eons we Nee ete ae ect ee eee 4 12 KEE 4 13 Advance Trigger Eeer ines dass veces eege EEN EENE EEE ed ee eege E 4 14 DBS2050A User Manual ix 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Markets otter cca ees 4 15 WAVEFORMS BANDE E E E E A I E E A E E 4 16 Note about Pre compensation ccccccccccccsecsseescnseescecetscesecseeeecsceescceeseesecseeaecesescacecseeaeceeaeseeeceseeaesneeeeenesereegs 4 16 Creating and Loading a Standard Miovetorm 4 17 Changing the name of a loaded wavefor
267. riptor If the function fails this parameter will contain a value of zero This vi should be used in all driver functions that take a ViSession as an input parameter to access this device DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 9 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_SUCCESS if successful an2050_ERR_INV_MANF_ID if the manufacturer code does not match an2050_ERR_INV_MODEL_CODE if the model code does not match 5 10 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Choose Communication Method an2050_ChooseCommMethod This function is used to define the communication method Either National Instrument s VISA or Analogic s PCL can be used for communicating with the controller NI s VISA is the default method Users using a standard VXI third party chassis with a Slot 0 controller with DBS2050A and DBS2055 instruments should select VISA Select PCL if an Analogic DP7040 2 or DP7020 2 chassis is being used Chassis do not require the use of a Slot 0 controller and allow direct communication to the hardware in the chassis via the PCL communication layer Function Prototype ViStatus an2
268. rker resolution is 32 samples 16 samples in dual channel mode The maximum marker time is 64K 0 65535 times 32 samples single channel or up to 2 097 120 samples For each Segment any or all markers can be Enabled or Disabled If Markers are Enabled the Markers are generated only during the first loop of the segment If Markers are desired for every loop use a single segment sequence to generate the markers for each segment occurrence If a Segment is set to Loop Continuously Repeat Loop enable the marker enable ON OFF feature is ignored and all three markers will be generated with their previously defined Marker Delay and Width at the start of each loop of the segment Table 13 Marker Signals Marker Parameter Value Marker Delay 1 The Marker Delay for each Marker is used to Marker Delay 2 adjust the start of the Marker output pulse relative to the start of the waveform segment Marker Delay 3 This allows the Markers to be positioned at any point within the 65535 register range in the waveform If the Marker Delay 1 2 or 3 is zero the associated Marker pulse is coincident with start of the segment The Marker is delayed from the start of the segment by 32 clock periods x N where N is the value of the delay parameter Marker Width 1 The Marker Width for each Marker is used to Marker Width 2 adjust the width of the Marker output pulse If the Marker Width 1 2 or 3 is zero the width is Marker Width 3
269. rker 2 ON or OFF according to m3ArrayMaster All others cause AN2050_SEINVPARM to return 5 100 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual m1ArrayMaster char This parameter is used only if m1Master is 2 When used each element specifies whether Marker 1 of the corresponding segment i e m1ArrayMaster 0 specifies the first segment m1ArrayMaster 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 will cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqiDMaster this may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeq Info This parameter is ignored if m1Master is not 2 m2ArrayMaster char This parameter is used only if m2Master is 2 When used each element specifies whether Marker 2 of the corresponding segment i e m2ArrayMaster 0 specifies the first segment m2ArrayMaster 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 will cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqiDMaster this may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeq Info
270. ry waveforms and calculate the total number of points needed The following functions are included H D m D D D D D mm Dm Dm Dm D D 2050 CCreateStdWave 2050 CCreateStdWavel 2050 CCreateStdWaveT 2050 CCrNLoadStdWave 2050 CCrNLoadStdWavel 2050 CCrNLoadStdWaveT 2050 SLoad 2050 SLoad 2050 SLoad 2050 SLoad 2050 SLoad 2050 SLoad 2050 SLoad 2050 SLoad DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Dua Dua Vaveft Vaveft Dual E E ormN Chn orm Vave2 Dual Chn Vave2N 1Chn 1Chn Vavef VaveformN 2055 2050 CCalcTPts 2050 CCalcTPtsI E VaveDup Vave orm 2055 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Standard Waveforms Create Standard Wave an2050_CCreateStdWave This function calculates the total number of points tPts needed based on the minimum number of points nPts per cycle desired 512 for the DBS2050 and the modulus size 32 for the 2050 required by the hardware and generates the specified waveform data The tPts calculated is a multiple of the modulus size and has at least the minimum number of points required by the hardware The number of points per cycle is close to nPts within a pre set tolerance default tolerance is 0 0003 settable using an2050_CSetWaveGenTol If withi
271. s Quick Run feature enabling waveforms to be run and previewed prior to being added to a Sequence The SFP can be used as a programming example for LabWindows CVI users The following sections describe each panel s function This information is also accessible through the SFP Online Help utility DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 4 1 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Initializing the DBS2050A The first step in controlling a DBS2050A using the SFP is to find available modules in the chassis and then to select and initialize a module for use Communication Protocols The SFP is capable of communicating with a DBS2050A via two communication methods e National Instruments VISA e Platinum Communication Layer which uses a proprietary protocol for communicating with the embedded control computer in the Analogic DP7040 20 chassis The SFP makes function calls to the VXIplug amp play Driver to communicate with the hardware in the chassis according to the diagram shown below Host PC wl slot 0 interface Host PC card lot O Adapter Card Host Adapter Communication Protocol to Platinum rear panel on chassis Example TCP IP Analogic g Analogic g DP7040 1 3 B DP7040 2 Q 4 Slot VXI S 4 Slot Z
272. s if the currently selected clock is external this function is equivalent to an2050_GSetExtClockFreq and if the currently selected clock is internal this function is equivalent to an2050_GSetIntClockFreq Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetClockFreq ViSession vi ANTDOUBLE freq an2050_GSetClockFreq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A freq ANTDOUBLE Specifies the clock frequency in MHz lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt None None None 5 50 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Get Clock Frequency DBS2050A User Manual an2050_GGetClockFreq This function returns the actual sample clock frequency The actual sample clock frequency is the calculated value that gives the closest approximation to the desired sampling frequency When a desired sampling frequency is specified using an2050_GSetIntClockFreq and or an2050_GSetClockFreq the internal sample clock frequency is calculated to find the best combination of internal source clock frequency and divider to give the closest approximation for the desired sampling frequency Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GGetClockFreq ViSession vi int parm
273. s containing this waveform will be updated accordingly Standard tab field descriptions The Standard tab displayed at the bottom of the Waveforms panel is used to define standard waveforms prior to loading Type Select the standard waveform type from the following list e Sine Square Triangle and Noise Amplitude of FS Select a percentage of the DACs full scale at which the waveform will run For maximum accuracy it is recommended that Amplitude be left at 100 and the gain value adjusted instead using the Gain adjustment when clicking Quick Run or from the segments panel DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 4 17 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Duty Cycle For Square waves only Duty cycle establishes the percent in time that a waveform is high with respect to its period 1 cycle e Valid range 0 00 to 100 00 e Default is 50 0 indicating that the waveform will be high for the same length of time it is low e Duty Cycle accuracy is limited by the transitions occurring at the nearest sample times Wave Calculator The Wave Calculator is a collection of four fields on the Standard tab of the Waveforms panel representing Sample rate Sa s Number of cycles Number of samples Wave freq Hz The Wave Calculator will calculate one of three parameters based on information entered in the
274. se 2 MHz Three Pole Low Pass Bessel filter 2 Use 20 MHz Three Pole Low Pass Bessel filter 3 Use 200 MHz Three Pole Low Pass Bessel filter mode int Specifies action if the Sequencer is currently running when function is called 0 Do not set 1 Set even if the Sequencer is running lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 67 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Configure Single Channel Output an2050_CConfSng1Chnl This function configures the output mode for Single Channel The new configuration takes effect immediately if the current output mode is single channel mode Otherwise the configuration is stored until the user sets the output mode to single channel mode Programmable Low Pass or Pass Through Ch1 DACs Combiner Ch2 Time Base Generator Programmable Low Pass or Pass Through Gain and Offset Sequencer or Direct Output 1A Gain Output 1B Control Gain Control S Geh a utput U 1X SE Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CConfSng1Chn1l ViSession vi int head int load int config int mode an2050_CConfSnglChnl Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrumen
275. sed in the Sequence panel to create and run a Sequence The Ch 2 Available Waveforms fields will remain grayed out unless Dual Channel Mode has been selected DBS2050A4 2055 Arbitrary Waveform Generator DBS2050A 2 4GSa s Single 2050A Mode bout Instruments Signal Path Controls Waveforms Segments SeQuence Segment name EI Waveform name TI Advance trig enabled 4 i Si eum 200 01 0 000 _TriangleG 201 DU 1 000 RE melt IR ii _TriangleG2 Number of loops Offset V Se Sooo 20 Create Segment gt Gain 3 1 000 la u Undefine Selected Undefine All Offset V Channel mode Idle an2050_SUndefSeq Wamings Sequencer Driver function Figure 15 Segments Panel DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Creating a Segment To create a segment 1 Highlight the desired waveform in the Waveform name list in the Ch 1 Available Waveforms table 2 Set the Gain and Offset values to be applied when this waveform is run 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for using Ch 2 Available Waveforms if Dual Channel Mode was selected 4 Ifthe segment is to loop check the Looping enabled checkbox and set the Number of loops If Looping enabled is unchecked all markers will be enabled If the seg
276. sequencer restarts at the beginning of the sequence and re arms the trigger When the same trigger edge occurs again the waveform is restarted from the beginning of the sequence Table 10 Main Trigger Source Polarity and Level Main Trigger Paramet r Description Main External Specifies whether the trigger signal Trigger Source comes from the front panel SMA connectors Trigger A or Trigger B or from the VXI bus ECL 0 or ECL 1 Main Trigger Level Specifies the trigger threshold voltage for the Front panel SMA Triggers The value can be between 10 0 volts Main Trigger Polarity Specifies whether to trigger on a negative or positive slope rising or falling edge of the waveform 3 18 DBS2050A Functional Description 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Advance Trigger Advance Trigger is used to advance to the next segment in a Sequence Advance trigger is enabled or disabled on a segment by segment basis When Advance Trigger is enabled on a particular Segment and a Sequence containing that Segment is run that Segment will loop continuously until an Advance Trigger occurs or the Sequence is terminated The following parameters configure the Advance Trigger Table 11 Advance Trigger Parameters Advance Trigger Description Parameter Source Specifies whet
277. sequences will unnecessarily decrease the performance of the instrument normally it is not necessary to undefined a sequence Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SUndefSeq_2055N2050sync ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTID seqIDmaster ANTID seqIDslave int mode an2050_SUndefSeq 2055N2050sync Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode seqlDmaster ANTID The Master unit ID of the sequence to be undefined An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored seqIDslave ANTID The Slave unit ID of the sequence to be undefined An invalid ID will cause this command to be ignored mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not undefine return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and undefine the run parameters lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e seglD is invalid an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING Sequencer is running i e run sequencer is enabled DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 115 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 88
278. ses 123465 67 8 S DBS2050 Bottom Rear Pi P2 Figure 3 S1 Logical Address Switch default shown The DBS2050A may operate in A24 or A32 communications mode A372 is the factory default set via a jumper If you have a slot 0 controller that supports A32 or are using Analogic s DP7040 2 or DP7020 2 chassis keep the A32 jumper setting If your controller does not support A32 mode then use A24 mode To change to A24 mode remove the jumper JP1 Front Panel JP1 IS SMA Connectors e E Note Side view shown with jumper installed A32 factory default Figure 4 A24 A32 Jumper Location and Settings A24 A32 Jumper Settings A32 jumper installed Factory Default JP1 A24 no jumper installed JP1 DBS2050A Preparation and Installation 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Hardware Installation Cooling and Power Requirements Before installing the DBS2050A verify that your VXI chassis meets the cooling and power requirements as specified in the tables below Analogic s DP7040 2 and DP7020 2 chassis meets all cooling and power requirements for the DBS2050A The airflow requirement is 4 0 liters second slot minimum The DBS2050A occupies 2 slots for a total requirement of 8 0
279. sired Waveform Sequence with three waveform segments Wont Wu Pad w Pad Note Shown Front N 1 End aligned in time E ale N 1 w W pa Wo pad Precompensated Fro end N Wine Wine Pad Pa Front Net End Precompensated i wA V N 1 Final Precompensated Sequence is Summation of Above TS w Wwe Pad Win Wont Pad Front End S WWW V Vo Un op ip a ia ae Looping Final Precompensated Looped Sequence with End Pads wrapped Woy Ww Wins N AAAA Wun Wu Wan W wet Wa Wan Pad Pad Pad Pad Pad Pad End Front End Front End Front Figure 20 Multiple Segment Sequence DBS2050A Appendix B 15 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Multiple Segment Sequence One Shot with Looping of segments within the Sequence 16 Looping within a multiple segment structure is complicated by the fact that the beginning of the segment is affected by the previous segment when the loop segment is first entered and by the end of the looping segment on succeeding loops DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Desired Waveform A Sequence with three waveform segments W1 W2 and W3 W2 set to loop N times Loop N Times Step 1 Precompensate the individual wi wi segments to gen
280. so on mode int Bit 0 Specifies action if the Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not set return with an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING to indicate that the Sequencer is running The old branch vector remains effective 1 Set the branch vector stop the sequencer and load the sequence Bit 1 amp 2 Specifies whether the old branch vector should be unloaded 00 Do not unload the sequence for the old branch vector 01 Unload the sequence for the old branch vector only if it is not being used by other branch vectors 10 Unload the sequence for the old branch vector even if it is being used by other branch vectors Note that unloading can be done only if the Sequencer is not running or if running if Bit O of mode is set lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK 5 124 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Set Branch Vector with Markers DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SSetBranchVectorM Note This function applies to Rev 0 Hardware only This function sets the Branch Vector vector to the ithSeg segment of sequence seqID This causes sequence seqID to be run and sets the markers ON or OFF for each segment in the sequence as specified in ml m2 ml Array and m2Array In
281. ster int m1Slave int m2Slave char m1 ArraySlave char m2ArraySlave ANTID seqNewMaster ANTID seqNewSlave int modeMaster int modeSlave an2050_SSetSeqMN 2055N2050sync Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This was obtained by calling SetInstrumentMode seqlDmaster ANTID The sequence ID of the sequence to be run An invalid ID will cause an error return and no action seqIDslave ANTID The sequence ID of the sequence to be run An invalid ID will cause an error return and no action m1Master int Marker enable for markers on the Master unit 0 Turn Marker 1 OFF for all segments 1 Turn Marker 1 ON for all segments 2 Turn Marker 1 ON or OFF according to m1ArrayMaster All others cause AN2050_SEINVPARM to return m2Master int Marker enable for markers on the Master unit 0 Turn Marker 2 OFF for all segments 1 Turn Marker 2 ON for all segments 2 Turn Marker 2 ON or OFF according to m2ArrayMaster All others cause AN2050_SEINVPARM to return m3Master int Marker enable for markers on the Master unit 0 Turn Marker 2 OFF for all segments 1 Turn Marker 2 ON for all segments 2 Turn Ma
282. strumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Define Sequence DBS2050A User Manual an2050_SDefineSeq This function is used to define a sequence As implied by the parameters the segments must have been defined before the sequence can be defined When running the sequence the segments are run in the same order as they appear here in the parameter list Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SDefineSeq ViSession vi ANTID seqID ANTINT16 numSegs ANTID segIDs ANTINT16 loopMode an2050_SDefineSeq Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A numSegs ANTINT16 Specifies the total number of segments in this sequence Valid range 1 to an2050_CCMAXSEGS 4096 loopMode ANTINT16 Specifies the loop mode of this sequence One Shot Loop Continuously until stop condition occurs segIDs ANTID Specifies an array of numSegs segment IDs that are output by functions such as an2050_SDefineSeg or an2050_SDefineSeg2 and are used to identify the segments to be associated with the sequence being defined These should be arranged in the order of running lt OUTPUT gt seqID ANTID seqID is the ID for the sequence just defined lt RETURN gt VI_SUCCESS if successful VI_LERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid an2050_SEINVID Invalid ID i e segID
283. t RETURN gt None None None 5 60 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set Internal Source Clock Divider an2050_ GSetIntClockDiv This function is used to set the clock divider for use with an internal source clock If the currently selected clock is internal this will take effect immediately Otherwise this value is stored and when the user switches from an external to internal source clock the divider will be set to this value This function also updates internal clock frequency according to the divider change This function will not cause the re calculation of the internal source clock frequency Internal source clock frequency is re calculated only in SetIntClockFreq and SetClockFreq to find the best combination of internal source clock frequency and divider to give the closest approximation for the desired sampling frequency Note Valid dividers are discrete integers and are not continuous Thus if div is not a valid divider the driver will adjust to the nearest valid divider where the reciprocal is nearest to I div Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetIntClockDiv ViSession vi ANTUINT32 div an2050_GSetIntClockDiv Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi Specifies the instrument hand
284. t data point in radians Has no effect if waveType specified is WAVCWAVENOISE waveType short Specifies the type of waveform to generate Valid values are WAVCWAVESINE for sine wave WAVCWAVESQUARE for square wave WAVCWAVETRIANGLE for triangle wave WAVCWAVENOISE for noise All other values cause WAVEINVPARM error return 5 26 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual lt OUTPUT gt nPts float As output nPts is the adjusted number of points per cycle tPts ANTUINT32 The total number of points generated This will meet the hardware requirement For 2050 tPts is at least 512 and is a multiple of 32 data ANTINT8 data is the pointer to the waveform data generated Caller needs to free data when no longer needed lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 27 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Create Standard Wave I an2050 CCreateStdWavel This function calculates the total number of points tPts needed based on the minimum number of points nPts per cycle desired 512 for the 2050 and the modulus size 32 for the 2050 required by
285. t handle for the selected DBS2050A head int Specifies channel 1 output head desired 0 Head A 1 Head B load int This must be set to 1 50 ohm load on output config int Specifies differential output single ended X1 output or single ended X4 output desired 0 Differential output positive sense to channel 1and complement to channel 2 of output Head A 1 Differential output positive sense to channel 1 and complement to channel 2 of output Head B 2 Single ended X1 output Same as differential mode except there is no channel 2 signal 3 Single ended X4 output Same as single ended X1 except output is 4x larger mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not configure return an2050_ SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer configure single channel output then resume Sequencer lt OUTPUT gt None None None 5 68 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual lt RETURN gt None None None DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Configure Dual Channel Output an2050_CConfDualChnl This function configures the output mode for Dual Channels The new configuration takes eff
286. tal number of segments in the sequence seqID may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeq nfo m2Array char This parameter is used only if m2 is 2 otherwise it is ignored When used each element specifies whether marker 2 of the corresponding Segment e m2Array 0 specifies the first segment m2Array 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqID may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeqInfo m3Array char This parameter is used only if m3 is 2 otherwise it is ignored When used each element specifies whether marker 2 of the corresponding segment e m3Array 0 specifies the first segment m3Array 1 specifies the second segment and so on should be turned ON 1 or OFF 0 Values other than 0 or 1 cause the return of AN2050_GEINVPARM The size of this array must be at least the total number of segments in the sequence seqID may be obtained by calling an2050_SGetSeqInfo mode int Bits 0 Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not set return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING The old branch vector remains effective 1 Set the branch vector disable the sequencer and load the sequence The Sequencer will remain disabled after th
287. ter can be used with many different waveforms RTP1 RTP2 RTPn WV Combine Wave Shapes and Run Time Parameters to Create Waveform Segments Waveforms and Run Time Parameters are combined to form distinct waveform Segments Each Segment contains one Waveform and one Run Time Parameter set along with segment attributes such as Looping and Advance Trigger information Any of the 3 available Markers can be enabled disabled at runtime for all none or individual Segments Examples Sine Wave Square Wave RTP2 RTPn Loop Count or Repeat Enable Loop Count or Repeat Enable Arbitrary Wave RTP2 Loop Count or Repeat Enable Advance Trigger Enable Kg completely defined by assigned attributes MySequence Advance Trigger Advance Trigger Enable Enable Segment Sine Segment Square String together waveform Segments to create a Sequence Segments are strung together to form a Sequence When a Sequence is run the Segments are output according to the parameters defined above and in the order they are listed in the Sequence Sequences can be defined to run once One Shot or to repeat indefinately until stopped or until a pre defined trigger event occurs Sequence and Segment behavior is Segment ArbWave Segment Sin
288. tg com DBS2050A User Manual Sequence Controls When defined Sequences are stored and given a SeqID to be used when running waveforms When using the Soft Front Panel a descriptive name can be given to the Sequence by the user This name will appear in a list of available Sequences when selecting a waveform to be run The following information is specified in a Sequence Table 8 Sequence Parameters Controls Sequence Parameters Description Controls Segment List List array of Segments to be included in the Sequence Loop Mode The Sequence is to loop continuously until a trigger event occurs or until the Sequence is terminated or to be run once Single Shot A Sequence can be defined to run continuously or to run once and stop Single Shot Mode refers to a Sequence that will run through once and stop Each segment in the Sequence will be run according to its definition The single shot mode can be used with the external start trigger or internal trigger In external start trigger mode the first sample of the waveform starts after the desired trigger edge and proceeds until the last data sample After the last sample the output voltage goes to a midscale DAC value zero while holding constant the last gain and offset setting After a holdoff time the sequencer restarts at the beginning of the waveform sequence and waits for a new trigger edge If the holdoff time is violated and a trigger edge happe
289. the markers ON or OFF for each segment in the sequence as specified in ml m2 m3 ml Array m2Array and m3Array In normal marker mode when a segment has markers turned ON the marker pulse will appear at 32 clock periods times the associated marker position into the segment and if the segment is looped in any way the marker pulse will appear in every loop This function will also cause sequence seqID to be loaded if it is not currently loaded Any invalid parameter causes an error return and nothing is done Behavior of this function varies depending on mode If the sequence is to loop continuously it will loop from the very first segment to the last segment after it runs through the first loop from ithSeg to the last segment Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SSetBranchVectorMN ViSession vi ANTINT16 vector ANTID seqID ANTINT16 ithSeg int m1 int m2 int m3 char m1 Array char m2Array char m3Array ANTID seqNew int mode an2050_SSetBranchVectorMN Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A vector ANTINT16 Specifies the vector to assign Valid range 0 to 15 all others are invalid and are ignored seqID ANTID Specifies the sequence involved This parameter together with the ithSeg specifies to which segment to branch ithSeg ANTINT1
290. the divider Valid values are 1 2 4 8 to 64 in steps of 8 and 64 to 4 194 304 in steps of 64 lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt 0 if all OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 59 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Set External Source Clock Divider an2050_ GSetExtClockDiv This function is used to set the clock divider for use with an external source clock If the currently selected clock is external this will take effect immediately Otherwise this value is stored and when the user switches from an internal to external source clock the divider will be set to this value This function also updates an2050_GExtClockFreq Note Valid dividers are discrete integers and are not continuous Thus if div is not a valid divider the driver will adjust to the nearest valid divider where the reciprocal is nearest to I div Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_GSetExtClockDiv ViSession vi ANTUINT32 div an2050_GSetExtClockDiv Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A div ANTUINT32 Specifies the clock divider to be used Valid values are 1 2 4 8 to 64 in increments of 8 and 64 to 4 194 304 in increments of 64 lt OUTPUT gt None None None l
291. the hardware and generates the specified waveform data The tPts calculated is a multiple of the modulus size and has at least the minimum number of points required by the hardware The number of points per cycle is close to nPts If within maxPts no total number of points can be found to satisfy the criteria the total number of points that gives the least deviation from complete cycles of nPts per cycle is output Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CCreateStdWavelI ViSession vi ANTUINT32 nPts ANTUINT32 maxPts float amp float phase short waveType ANTUINT32 tPts ANTINTS data an2050_CCreateStdWavel Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A nPts ANTUINT32 Specifies the number of points per cycle desired maxPts ANTUINT32 Specifies the maximum number of points desired The actual maximum number of points used in evaluation is the smaller of maxPts and size of the DBS2050A waveform data memory Use 0 if the default size of the DBS2050A waveform data memory is to be used Invalid values cause the use of the default value WAVMaxPts amp float Specifies the amplitude of the waveform Must be between 0 and 1 full scale phase float Specifies phase angle of the 1st data point in radians This has no effect if waveType specified is WAVCWAVENO
292. the software has been installed verify that the module is functioning properly by generating a standard sine wave using the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel e Run RESMAN accessible from the NI VXI pull down from the Windows Start Menu e From the Start Menu open the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel e From the Initialization panel select the desired communication layer VISA or Platinum DBS2050A Preparation and Installation 2 7 82 5126 Rev 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Select VISA for standard VXI chassis and Click Find Instruments From the Available Modules table select the desired module Set Instrument Mode to DBS2050A and click OK to initialize the selected DBS2050A On the Waveforms panel click the Load Wave button to accept all default settings The waveform name displays in the Loaded Waveforms table Click the Quick Run button When the Quick Run pop up panel displays click OK to accept the default settings The DBS2050A should now be producing a 18 75MHz 1Vp p sinewave out of Output 1A DBS2050A Installation Verification Procedure DP7040 2 or DP7020 2 This simple procedure will verify that a DBS2050A installed in an Analogic DP7040 2 or DP7020 2 is installed and functioning properly The DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel is used for this quick test communicating with the chassis It assumes the DBS20
293. the waveform data array wave wave ANTINT8 Specifies the dual channel waveform data array mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform lt OUTPUT gt wavelD ANTID Specifies the waveform ID for the newly created dual channel mode waveform data lt RETURN gt 0 if OK DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 43 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Load Waveform for DBS2055 an2050_SLoadWaveform 2055 This function loads waveform data to the DBS2055 waveform data memory This function assumes the data is in an2050 format Use the function an2050_SloadWaveformN_2055 to load the waveform data if the data is in regular byte integer format Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_SLoadWaveform_ 2055 ViSession viMaster ViSession viSlave ANTINT32 numPts ANTID waveID ANTINT8 data int mode an2050_ SLoadWaveform_ 2055 Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt viMaster ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Master unit This is obtained by calling an2050_SetInstrumentMode viSlave ViSession The session handle of the instrument to be acted upon Slave unit This is obtained by calling an2050_SetinstrumentMode numPts ANTINT3
294. threshold OV 1 5V programmable Voltage Threshold Advance Trigger Input 23V continuous Input voltage range is 10V Safe Operating Range DBS2050A Appendix A 5 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Calibration Tite IL Specification Notes Z O O Calibration adjustment Once per 12 months Calibration factors stored in Flash RAM Software Title Specification Notes Waveform editing creation tools VXI plug amp play Driver With Soft Front panel Load waveform from file VXI plug amp play Driver With Soft Front panel mge ament meray iY SCS catView Supon Wamu Dever le ege Giant Voe le Notes VXI HW Interface VXI Compliant A16 A24 A32 D16 D32 Factory Default jumper setting A32 a er Block transfers Data format 4 Bytes per write in D32 Mode VXI Logical Address Range Oh to 254h Address 255h is reserved Factory Default Logical Address 128 Environmental Operating Temp 10 C to 40 C IEC 68 2 1 Ad Il JE Operating Humidity 40 C 95 RH IEC 68 2 3 Ca Non Operating Temp and Humidity 20 C 5 RH to IEC 68 2 1 Ab 70 C 95 RH IEC 68 2 2 Bb Damp Heat Cyclic IEC 68 2 30 Db Non Operating Altitude 0 to 10 000ft 1 800 fom 40 C IEC 68 2 13 Test M 6 DBS2050A Appendix A 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guarante
295. tion Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Overview DBS2050A User Manual 2 Preparation and Installation This chapter provides a packing list a hardware description instructions on installing the hardware into a chassis and software installation instructions This chapter covers Unpacking the DBS2050A Hardware Description Hardware Installation Software Installation DBS2050A Installation Verification Procedure VISA DBS2050A Installation Verification Procedure DP7040 2 or DP7020 2 Calibration Unpacking the DBS2050A When you receive your DBS2050A verify that the items listed below are included DBS2050A module CD containing the DBS2050A 2055 Soft Front Panel SFP and software driver as well as a copy of this manual in pdf format Pre Compensation Kit if purchased DBS2050A User Manual Remove the items from the shipping container carefully inspecting the hardware for any damage that may have occurred during shipment If you notice any damage contact Analogic Save the shipping carton and packing materials in case you need to return the product for repair or replacement Once you have verified receipt of all of DBS2050A components and ensured the hardware was not damaged during shipment you can begin setting up the DBS2050A hardware This includes setting the logical address an
296. tion operation and service of the unit Before applying power follow the installation instructions and become familiar with the operating instructions for all components iis CAUTION This product uses components which can be damaged by electrostatic discharge ESD To avoid damage be sure to follow proper procedures for handling storing and transporting ESD sensitive devices PRECAUTIONS Ce produit utilise des composants pouvant tre endommag s par d charge lectrostatique DES Pour viter les d g ts suivre les proc dures appropri es lors de la manipulation du stockage et du transport des dispositifs sensibles aux d charges lectrostatiques VORSICHT Dieses Produkt ist mit Komponenten ausger stet die durch elektrostatische Entladung besch digt werden k nnen Zur Vermeidung von Sch den mu daf r gesorgt werden da die ma geblichen Vorschriften f r die Behandlung Lagerung und den Transport f r elektrostatisch empfindliche Ger te beachtet werden CAUTION Signal and communications cables should not be routed in troughs wireways pipes or conduits containing power cables nor routed close to electric motors welding machines or other equipment capable of generating significant amounts of electromagnetic interference EMI Failure to comply may result in improper system operation PR CAUTIONS Les c bles de communications et de signaux ne doivent pas tre achemin s par le biais de goulottes
297. tting at max output accuracy Desen pe ozor CL EE E 1 of Gain 0 00025V V DC Offset range 3 5 to 3 5V in approx 2mV steps eee ended output and Common Mode for Differential output 2 to 2 in approx 1mV steps Differential mode output Offset Accuracy of Single Ended X1 2 of Offset 10mV 1 of Gain Setting Po Offset Accuracy of Single Ended X4 2 of Offset 40mV 4 of Gain Setting Po Offset Accuracy of Differential output Single ended differential X1 Common Mode Offset OV Common Mode offset 2 of Offset 10mV 1 of Gain Setting Differential Offset 2 of Offset 10mV 2 of Gain Setting 2 DBS2050A Appendix A 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Output Signal AC Specifications Title Specification Notes O Rise Fall time 10 to 90 Settling time Output filters Rise Time 3dB bandwidth Output Bandwidth 3dB Single Channel Mode Sine wave Amplitude flatness Single Channel Mode Sine wave Amplitude flatness Dual Channel Mode Sine wave amplitude flatness Dual Channel Mode Spurious free dynamic range of Single Channel Mode Channel 1 and Ch 1 DBS2050A Appendix A 82 5126 Revision 03 Single ended differential X1 lt 500ps up to 0 5Vp p lt 600ps 0 5 to 1Vp p Single ended X4 lt 2 2ns up to 2Vp p lt 2 5ns up to 4Vp p Single ended differential X1 lt 7 Single ended X4 lt 7
298. uation desired for channel 2 Valid range 0 to 63 dB The attenuator has 12 bit resolution The software will round off to the nearest achievable attenuation atten2 ANTFLOAT The attenuation desired for channel 1 Valid range 0 to 63 dB The attenuator has 12 bit resolution The software will round off to the nearest achievable attenuation offset1 ANTFLOAT The offset for channel 1 in volts Valid range 3 5V to 3 5V offset2 ANTFLOAT The offset for channel 2 in volts Valid range 3 5V to 3 5V lt OUTPUT gt parm IDmaster ANTID parm IDmaster is the Master unit ID for the Run Time Parameters just defined parm Dslave ANTID parm Dslave is the Slave unit ID for the Run Time Parameters just defined lt RETURN gt 0 if OK an2050_SENOMEM Not enough memory If this happens the user can use the undefine functions e g an2050_SUndefSeg to free memory occupied by definitions no longer used 5 104 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Unload and Undefine Unload Unload Waveform DBS2050A User Manual These functions unload and undefine a specified waveform sequence run time parameter or segment The following functions are included n2050 SUnloadWaveform n2050 SUnloadWaveform 2055N2050sync n2050 SUnloadseq n2050 SUnloadSeq 2055N20
299. ulti module Support This instrument driver supports multiple DBS2050As in the same system Since ViSession for a given instrument is obtained by calling an2050_init for efficiency an application really should not call an2050_init more than once for any given instrument Instrument Control Parameters Maintained by the Driver Standard Waveform Data The instrument control parameters maintained by the driver are filter internal clock rate external clock rate and all clock related items output configuration Direct Gain and Offset ON OFF and all trigger and marker information The driver supports generation of standard waveforms of sine square triangle and random noise The functions can be implemented so that any number of data points per cycle the user specifies the instrument driver generates a set of waveform data points that fits both the user s specification and the DBS2050A s waveform restrictions minimum 512 data points as well as the number of data points being a multiple of 32 Waveform Data Memory Management The DBS2050A has 8 megabytes of waveform data memory When running a sequence the DBS2050A requires that waveform data for a given segment come from contiguous memory space When Waveform Memory becomes fragmented after a lot of loading and unloading of waveforms the driver rearranges the Waveform Memory to make room for the new waveform data and update all the start segment addresses in
300. un in Loop Mode LoopOrPad 1 Multiple Segment Sequence One Shot With Looping of Individual Segment s Within Final Precompensated Waveform w2 wat w2 First time z Last time wi through W2 Run N 2 times through W2 ws w2 A A AKAKAAAAAAK AAA AAA A A A VVAV V VVV V V V V V V W V deg Vi ZA Ia TT a A 7 V w3 w2 w1 w2 w2 w2 w2 w1 Pad Pad Pad Pad Pad Pad Pad Pad End Front End Front End Front End Front V The pad samples are automatically added to the waveform data by the precompensation software looping function when run in Loop Mode LoopOrPad 1 Multiple Segment Sequence Looping Continuously With Looping of Individual Segment s Within Note that the only change between One Shot and Looping Continuously is to add the appropriate pad samples to the first and last segments DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Factors Affecting Accuracy Reduction of the padding Clipping 18 The padding that is added to the beginning and end of the corrected waveform is the effect of the impulse response of the Frequency Response Correction data The extent of the padding is 1 2 Input Freq Spacing This is 50ns for factory supplied Frequency Response Correction data Input Freq Spacing 10MHz The algorithm assumes that the Desired Waveform is zero over this time This pad
301. until the minimum 512 and multiple of 32 requirements are met The actual total number of data points loaded after padding is output in tPts 0 Instructs driver to return error AWSEINVPARM and not to load the data DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 37 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual How to Specify Pad Value Signed Byte Offset Binary Description Ox7F 127 OxFF 127 maximum positive value 0x01 1 0x81 1 one LSB above mid value 0x00 0 0x80 0 mid value 0 volts Ox8F 1 Ox7F 1 one LSB below mid value 0x81 127 0x01 127 maximum negative value 0x80 128 0x00 128 one LSB below maximum negative value maxPts ANTINT32 If numPts is lt 512 or not a multiple of 32 this parameter can be used to specify the maximum number of points that will be generated during Repeat Mode Set this to 0 if the default maximum number of points currently 8 meg is to be used flags ANTINT16 Miscellaneous flags Bit 0 0 for Single Channel waveform data Bit 0 1 for Dual Channel waveform data All other bits must be 0 mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not load return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and load the waveform lt OUTPUT gt tPts ANTINT32 The total number of data p
302. us VI_LSUCCESS if successfully closed the session VILERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 5 23 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Close All 2050As an2050_closeAll This function closes all VXI instrument sessions opened by the instrument driver and frees the memory used by these sessions Note A DLL may be simultaneously used by many applications Thus the ViSessions maintained by this instrument driver may be init ed by many different applications an2050_closeAll will close ALL ViSessions which may include those init ed by other applications using this driver Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_closeA11 ViSession vi an2050_closeAll Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A lt OUTPUT gt None None None lt RETURN gt ViStatus status VI_LSUCCESS if successfully closed the session VILERROR_INV_SESSION if vi is invalid 5 24 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Waveform Creation DBS2050A User Manual These functions create and load standard and arbitra
303. us operations may be achieved with the function set defined in this document The first function call in an application should be an2050_initInstDrv to initialize the DBS2050A Instrument Driver If an2050_initInstDrv returns successful it is safe to proceed to use the instrument After the instrument driver is initialized the DBS2050A must be initialized by calling an2050_init To successfully call an2050_init the logical address of the instrument of interest must be known If the Logical Address of the instrument is not known the utility functions an2050_find2050Instrs or an2050_scanChassis may be used to obtain the Logical Address Output a Waveform with specified run parameter set Define run parameters using the an2050_ SDefineRunParms function Then define a segment associating this run time parameter with the waveform to be output and define a one segment sequence using this segment with an2050_ SDefineSeq and run this sequence with an2050_ SSetSeq It is not necessary to unload the sequence from the Segment Memory after it is done it may be left in the Segment Memory if future use of this sequence is anticipated Output a Sequence with branches set for specific conditions 5 4 In addition to the segment and sequence definitions described above the intended Branch Vectors Branch Trigger Mode and Branch Vector Source must also be set up functions an205
304. ut configuration is not supported by the SFP When programming however the VXIplug amp play Driver Software allows 2 00V to 2 00V of Differential offset for the Differential output configuration 4 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Configuring the Output Signals First select Single or Dual Channel Mode if not previously set Next configure the following parameters From the Port drop down list select the port to output the waveform Port Output A Output B From the Output Configuration drop down list select the desired output configuration Output Config Differential Single Ended X1 Single Ended X4 Differential produces a signal out of one side of the selected port 1 and the inverse signal out of the other side of that same port 2 both at X1 gain for a 2Vp p differential output for example 180 degrees out of phase for a sine wave This option is not available in Dual Channel mode Single Ended X1 provides maximum bandwidth and an output amplitude up to 1 Vp p Single Ended X4 provides an output amplitude up to 4Vp p but at reduced bandwidth from single ended X1 configuration From the Filter Select drop down list select the desired output low pass filter frequency Filter None 2MHz 20MHz 200MHz None bypasses the output filter providing maximum bandwidth 2MHz 20MHz and 200M z insert low pass filters
305. veform is equal to the Desired waveform length wi Desired Waveform AMAAAAAMY WI WI Pad Pad Front End Precompensated Wave oa AAA AAA MAA Note Ven Loop Mode is 1 the Final Precompensated Precompensation algorithm automatically Wi wi creates the final precompensated Waveform Pad Pad waveform in the proper format the same End Front length as the Desired Waveform Single Segment Sequence Looping Continuously This is where the single segment is run once after running or a trigger event The LoopOrPad input should be set to zero to define pad operation In this mode the Corrected waveform is equal to the Desired DBS2050A Appendix B 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual waveform length plus twice the Pad size defined by the PadSamples output The number of Pad Samples can be reduced with loss of accuracy see Factors Affecting Accuracy Wi Desired Waveform Wi wi Pad Pad Front End Final Precompensated Ww IN IN IN IN AAAA J w Waveform ee en Single Segment Sequence One Shot No Looping DBS2050A Appendix B 13 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Multiple Segment Sequence Overall Pre compensation Multiple Segment Sequence 14 Pre compensation on a multiple segment wavef
306. veform starts after the desired trigger edge and proceeds indefinitely as the waveform data sequence is run The waveform is stopped under program control Triggered Stop In Stop trigger mode the first sample of the waveform starts after the sequencer arms the trigger circuit The output waveform proceeds until the desired edge of the trigger occurs At this time the output voltage holds the last value of the waveform data and the last valid Gain and offset DAC values Gated Trigger In Gated trigger mode the first sample of the waveform starts after the desired rising or falling trigger edge and proceeds until the opposite edge of the trigger occurs At this time the output voltage holds the last value of the waveform data The sequencer restarts at the beginning of the sequence and re arms the trigger circuit When the original trigger edge occurs again the waveform is restarted DBS2050A Functional Description 3 17 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual from the beginning of the sequence Triggered Start Stop In Start Stop trigger mode the first sample of the waveform starts after the desired trigger edge and proceeds until the same edge of the trigger occurs At this time the output voltage holds the last value of the waveform data and the last valid Gain and offset DAC values The
307. wavelID int mode an2050_SDefineDualChnlSegFromSeg Parameters Variable Type Description lt INPUT gt vi ViSession Specifies the instrument handle for the selected DBS2050A segIDIn ANTID Specifies the ID of the segment which includes the waveform to be duplicated to form dual channel mode waveform data The run parameters and loop mode of this segment is used for the new segment being created mode int Specifies action if Sequencer is currently running 0 Do not define return an2050_SESQNCRRUNNING 1 Stop the Sequencer and create the dual channel mode waveform and define the segment lt OUTPUT gt seglDOut ANTID Specifies the segment ID for the segment just defined wavelD ANTID Specifies the waveform ID for the newly created dual channel mode waveform data lt RETURN gt 0 if OK 5 94 DBS2050A 2055 VXIplug amp play Driver Software 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Define Dual Channel Segment DBS2050A User Manual an2050_ SDefineDualChnlSegl1 This function defines a segment for dual channel use Normally the wavelD is one specifying a waveform previously defined for dual channel mode use possibly from one of the following functions an2050_LoadDualChn Wave an2050_LoadDualChn Waves an2050_LoadDualChnlWaveDup or an2050_SDefineDualChnlSegx
308. www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Reference Clock When internal clock is used the timing reference for the synthesizer can be either internal or external e Internal Reference Clock The internal reference clock has a frequency of 10 MHz e External Reference Clock If an external reference clock is used its frequency must be specified The applied frequency may be from 2 5MHz to 1OOMHz in 2 5MHz steps 10 MHz Internal Reference Y Phase MUX Hall Freq Ext Ref Detector MUX External Clock Input 2 50 GE VCO Hi Loop Filter Amp A JY 2 HE VCO Lo Ti 1 10 M 1 A Le PLL Block MUX Source Clock I DIVA 1 MUX 12 I DIVB 1 Time Base Divider Figure 6 DBS2050A Clock Diagram DBS2050A Functional Description 3 9 82 5126 Revision 03 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DBS2050A User Manual Creating and Running Waveform Sequences 3 10 The DBS2050A is a sequence controlled waveform generator This section describes the elements that make up a Sequence Waveform data Segments and Run Time Parameters A Sequence may be broken down into the fo
309. ycle desired 512 for the DBS2050 and the modulus size 32 for the 2050 required by the hardware and generates the specified waveform data The tPts calculated is a multiple of the modulus size and has at least the minimum number of points required by the hardware The number of points per cycle is close to nPts within a pre set tolerance default tolerance is 0 0003 settable using an2050_ CSetWaveGenTol If within maxPts no total number of points can be found to satisfy the criteria the total number of points that will give the least deviation from it is output The nPts will then be re calculated based on the tPts to be output This function loads the waveform data into Waveform Memory A waveform must be loaded into the AN2050 Waveform Memory before it can be used as part of a segment definition If the Waveform Memory is fragmented this function will re arrange if necessary to make room for the waveform data Starting Address is updated for all segments that are currently loaded into Sequencer Memory This function takes only waveforms that are multiples of 32 and will return an error if the total number of data points is not a multiple of 32 Function Prototype ViStatus an2050_CCrNLoadStdWavelI ViSession vi ANTUINT32 nPts ANTUINT32 maxPts float amp float phase short waveType ANTUINT32 tPts ANTID waveID short mode an2050_CCrNLoadStdWavel

Analogic DBS2050A Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents